RE 15330/2.

2019
Replaces: EN777-7

Data sheet
Hägglunds Spider Control System
RE 15330

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 2/263
Preface

Preface
The data specified in this document only serve to This data sheet is valid for standard Spider control unit
describe the product. No statements concerning a generation 2. For older control units please contact
certain condition or suitability for a certain your nearest Bosch Rexroth representative.
application can be derived from our information. The cover shows an example configuration. The
The information given does not release product supplied may therefore differ from the
the user from the obligation of own judgment figure shown. The original operating instructions were
and verification. It must be remembered that prepared in English.
our products are subject to a natural process of Updated information from last version of the manual is
wear and aging. marked with red text in this document.
© This document, as well as the data, specifications Information about specific order related connections
and other information set forth in it, are and configuration is attached in the system
the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth AB. It documentation at delivery.
may not be reproduced or given to third parties
without its consent.
Changes in the equipment may occur. We therefore
reserve the right to introduce amendments
in the manual as we deem necessary without
notice or obligations.

Warning signs
In this manual you will find the following signs which Warning sign (warning triangle): Draws attention to
indicate a potential hazard, which can or will cause the hazard
personal injury or substantial property damage. Signal word: Identifies the degree of hazard
Depending on the probability of the hazard, and how Type of risk: Specifies the type or source of the
serious the injury or property damage could be, there hazard
are three levels of classification. Consequences: Describes the consequences of non-
compliance
Precautions: Specifies how the hazard can be
prevented

The signal words have the following meaning:

Signal word Application

Indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will
certainly result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous

situation which, if not avoided, will
certainly result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous

situation which, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury or
damage to equipment.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 3/263
Preface

Preface .................................................................................................................. 2
Warning signs ........................................................................................................ 2
1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 5
1.1 Description ........................................................................................................................................................... 5
1.2 Serial number ..................................................................................................................................................... 10
1.3 Card number ...................................................................................................................................................... 11
1.4 Versions and changes ....................................................................................................................................... 12
1.5 Ordering code .................................................................................................................................................... 24
2 Technical data .................................................................................................. 25
2.1 Mechanical ......................................................................................................................................................... 25
2.2 Supply and output voltage ................................................................................................................................. 29
2.3 Inputs ................................................................................................................................................................. 30
2.4 Outputs ............................................................................................................................................................... 31
2.5 Communication .................................................................................................................................................. 31
3 Connection ....................................................................................................... 32
3.1 Wiring ................................................................................................................................................................. 32
3.2 Power supply...................................................................................................................................................... 32
3.3 Input signals ....................................................................................................................................................... 33
3.4 Output signals .................................................................................................................................................... 48
3.5 Interconnection terminal ..................................................................................................................................... 54
3.6 Communication ports ......................................................................................................................................... 55
3.7 Terminal functions .............................................................................................................................................. 59
4 Indication and setting ........................................................................................ 64
4.1 Display information............................................................................................................................................. 64
4.2 Information on normal drive and alarms ............................................................................................................ 66
4.3 Reset of alarms and warnings ........................................................................................................................... 67
4.4 Front panel buttons ............................................................................................................................................ 68
4.5 Main card jumpers and indications .................................................................................................................... 70
4.6 Power supply...................................................................................................................................................... 76
4.8 RMS card ........................................................................................................................................................... 93
4.9 LIC Unit .............................................................................................................................................................. 94
4.10 Error codes ....................................................................................................................................................... 95
4.11 Text settings ..................................................................................................................................................... 96
5 Parameters ....................................................................................................... 97
5.1 Parameter tree ................................................................................................................................................... 97
5.2 Configurable Parameters ................................................................................................................................... 98
5.2.1 Main settings ................................................................................................................................................... 98
5.2.2 Pump outputs ................................................................................................................................................ 101
5.2.3 Digital inputs .................................................................................................................................................. 103
5.2.4 Digital outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 107
5.2.5 Pulse inputs ................................................................................................................................................... 114
5.2.6 Analog inputs ................................................................................................................................................ 115
5.2.7 Analog outputs .............................................................................................................................................. 122
5.2.8 Bus ................................................................................................................................................................ 124
5.2.9 Pump monitor ................................................................................................................................................ 130
5.2.10 Tank monitor ............................................................................................................................................... 132
5.2.11 Aux monitor ................................................................................................................................................. 133
5.2.12 Drive monitor ............................................................................................................................................... 137
5.2.13 Hydraulic motor monitor .............................................................................................................................. 140
5.2.14 Drive logic ................................................................................................................................................... 141
5.2.15 Value threshold ........................................................................................................................................... 145
5.2.16 Drive 1 basic ............................................................................................................................................... 147
5.2.17 Drive 2 basic ............................................................................................................................................... 149
5.2.18 Shredder 1 .................................................................................................................................................. 151
5.2.19 Shredder 2 .................................................................................................................................................. 152
5.2.20 Synchro ....................................................................................................................................................... 153
5.2.21 Pressure 1 ................................................................................................................................................... 155
5.2.22 Pressure 2 ................................................................................................................................................... 156
5.2.23 Reading 1 .................................................................................................................................................... 157
5.2.24 Reading 2 .................................................................................................................................................... 158
5.2.25 Spare functions ........................................................................................................................................... 160
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 4/263
Preface

5.2.26 Drive log ...................................................................................................................................................... 160

6 Settings and function ...................................................................................... 164
6.1 General system setup ...................................................................................................................................... 165
6.3 Ramp ................................................................................................................................................................ 166
6.4 Output .............................................................................................................................................................. 167
6.5 Speed feedback ............................................................................................................................................... 169
6.7 Monitoring ........................................................................................................................................................ 173
6.8 Analog inputs ................................................................................................................................................... 175
6.9 Digital inputs ..................................................................................................................................................... 176
6.10 Digital outputs ................................................................................................................................................ 181
6.11 Signal monitor ................................................................................................................................................ 185
6.12 Shredder ........................................................................................................................................................ 189
6.13 Synchro .......................................................................................................................................................... 190
6.14 Pressure control ............................................................................................................................................. 191
6.15 Bus Communication ....................................................................................................................................... 194
6.16 Drive monitoring log ....................................................................................................................................... 220
6.17 Analog outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 222
6.18 Language selection ........................................................................................................................................ 222
6.19 Brake control .................................................................................................................................................. 223
6.20 Machine stop .................................................................................................................................................. 224
6.21 Program update ............................................................................................................................................. 225
6.22 Hardware calibration ...................................................................................................................................... 225
6.23 Flushing .......................................................................................................................................................... 226
6.24 Hydraulic motor temperature monitoring........................................................................................................ 227
6.25 Pulse inputs .................................................................................................................................................... 227
6.26 Compare registers.......................................................................................................................................... 227
6.27 Cooler control ................................................................................................................................................. 232
6.28 Drive logic ...................................................................................................................................................... 233
6.29 Value threshold .............................................................................................................................................. 234
6.30 Local interface unit ......................................................................................................................................... 235
6.31 S-link .............................................................................................................................................................. 236
7 Block diagrams ............................................................................................... 237
7.1 Digital in/outputs ............................................................................................................................................... 237
7.2 Analog in/outputs ............................................................................................................................................. 240
7.3 Pump outputs ................................................................................................................................................... 243
7.4 Monitor ............................................................................................................................................................. 244
7.5 Basic function ................................................................................................................................................... 250
7.6 Shredder function ............................................................................................................................................. 252
7.7 Synchro function .............................................................................................................................................. 254
7.8 Pressure Function ............................................................................................................................................ 256
7.9 Machine stop .................................................................................................................................................... 257
7.10 Flush control ................................................................................................................................................... 258
7.11 Compare registers.......................................................................................................................................... 259
7.12 Drive logic ...................................................................................................................................................... 260
7.13 Threshold function.......................................................................................................................................... 261
8 Declaration of conformity ................................................................................ 262
Notes ................................................................................................................. 263

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 5/263
1 Introduction

1 Introduction
1.1 Description
The Spider unit is a microcontroller based system, The unit will for DU be mounted on the power unit
configurable to suit different application needs. It is side with the control panel (LIU) on the outside or
designed to match the two or three door PEC or DU inside of the front door communicating via CAN.
power unit, also with a one door unit added. The
control system can control pumps with double coil or The configuration of the pre-programmed system
single coil in one direction. functions is done using the front panel with help from
the text displays or via a serial connection from a
The unit can for PEC be mounted inside the power laptop. The configuration mode can be protected with
unit, in the power unit door, on the outside of the a password.
power unit or delivered separate with wall brackets or
panel flange to be wired in by the customer. Cable The Spider unit can control the system with different
sets can be supplied as an option. settings of electric motor/pump configuration.

 One to four pumps for one drive:

EM EM EM EM

DRIVE P DRIVE P P P

EM EM EM EM EM

DRIVE P P

DRIVE P P

P P

 Two to four pumps for two drives with separate function:

EM EM

P P

DRIVE P P
DRIVE

EM EM

DRIVE P P
DRIVE

EM EM EM

DRIVE P P P
DRIVE

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 6/263
1 Introduction

 Two to four pumps for two drives with common function. If one stops by a fault the other will also stop:

EM EM EM

DRIVE P
DRIVE P

DRIVE P
DRIVE P

EM EM EM EM

DRIVE P P
DRIVE P P

DRIVE P P
DRIVE P

EM EM EM

DRIVE P P

DRIVE P P

EM EM EM

DRIVE P P

DRIVE P

EM EM EM

DRIVE P P P

DRIVE P

The Monitor function can health monitor the power is connected via a relay to the starter interlock circuit.
unit switches and give information on the text display Up to 4 pumps can be controlled in parallel for the
about warnings or alarms. An alarm will stop the same drive
electric motor or motors if the digital interlock output

M M M
M M

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 7/263
1 Introduction

The Basic function has added functions for power The unit can also monitor analog signals on the
limitation and closed loop speed feedback via a PID- display such as speed, E-motor current, pressure etc.
regulator. Inputs are available for analog or digital
speed encoders.

The Shredder function has the same functions as number of reversals within a time limit and stop the
Basic and added functions for reversing by an drive when exceeded. The drive can be set to change
overload-stopped drive. It is possible to maximise the direction after an adjustable time interval.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 8/263
1 Introduction

The Friction function has the same functions as Basic drives driven together with a ratio between the
and added functions for control of two hydraulic motors.

The Friction slave function has the same functions as drives driven together with a ratio in relation to the
Basic and added functions for control of two hydraulic master setpoint.

The Synchro function has the same functions as external signal to set the angle between the rolls.
Basic and added functions for position control Ratio drive is also possible. This mode requires digital
between two hydraulic drives. It is possible by an speed encoders.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 9/263
1 Introduction

pressure to a setpressure and gives a positive or

The pressure control function output is added to the negative output depending on sign of the difference
ramped flow command. The function compares actual and action direction of regulation.

The Spider unit front has push-buttons for start and The digital outputs can be configured to functions for
stop of the drive, local/remote, speed setpoint by eg. common alarm/warning, ready to use, drive
increase and decrease in local mode, inch reverse, started, shredder blocked, cooler and heater control.
regulated/non-regulated drive and auto/manual drive The outputs are of dry relay contact type.
in shredder mode. These push-button functions can The analog inputs can be configured to functions for
be bypassed in the configuration of the system eg. tank temp, speed, pressure, power for monitoring
functions. Two types of displays are available, OLED and control. The inputs can be configured for current
with yellow signs (required for Japanese texts) and loop or voltage.
VFD with blue signs (required for Chinese texts). The analog outputs can be configured to monitor eg.
speed, pressure, temp. The outputs can be
All inputs and outputs are configurable and can be configured for current loop or voltage.
connected to pre-programmed functions in the setup
of the system. All signals are as standard wired to The system includes a drive monitoring function with
contact terminals or via fieldbus port (optional). drive time counters, alarm/warning list and 8 scalable
The digital inputs can be configured to functions for log channels with data download via serial interface.
eg. start/stop, reverse, reset, monitoring of the power The system can communicate with ODiN condition
unit, auxiliary monitor where it is possible to set the monitoring database via external modem for health
function and display monitor text. monitoring of the hydraulic system.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 10/263
1 Introduction

1.2 Serial number

This serial number system is used up to Serial number -4653:

E01P x x x - xxxx

Article group for Spider Serial number

Function:

M= Monitor function Drive 2 config:

0= No Emotor, No pump
B = Basic function 1= 1 Emotor - 1 Pump
2= 1 Emotor - 2 Pumps
S = Shredder function 3= 2 Emotors - 2 Pumps
4= 2 Emotors - 3 Pumps
Z = Synchro function 5= 2 Emotors - 4 Pumps
6= 3 Emotors - 3 Pumps
F = Friction function 7= 3 Emotors - 4 Pumps
8= Emotor common [Link] 1 - Tandem pump1
R = MRC function 9= Emotor common [Link] 1 - Tandem pump2

Drive 1 config:
1= 1 Emotor - 1 Pump
2= 1 Emotor - 2 Pumps
3= 2 Emotors - 2 Pumps
4= 2 Emotors - 3 Pumps
5= 2 Emotors - 4 Pumps
6= 3 Emotors - 3 Pumps
7= 3 Emotors - 4 Pumps
8= 1Emotor - Tandem pump 1
9= 1Emotor - Tandem pump 2

Serial number after -4653 is Cxxxxx without any correlation to the function. C is standing for Controls but the
following number is used for all types of different control equipment.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 11/263
1 Introduction

1.3 Card number

The individual card number is marked on the card at final test. The number consists of an individual
number and year and week for the production test. The hardware revision marking is adjacent to the card
number

Hardware revision

5371 1135 R3B

Individual number Year and week for production test

Example:

Layout Rev A Layout Rev B

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 12/263
1 Introduction

1.4 Versions and changes

1.4.1 Software versions
The software version is shown on the display for drive 1 at power up of the system.

Version 0.2, 1.0-1.3

Test versions during the first time of developement of the system.

Version 1.4.0
Ready 96-05-26
First delivered version. Four prototype systems were delivered to customers in Sweden.

Function block diagrams Block 1B, Block 2B and Block 3B.

Version 1.4.1
Ready 96-08-23
 New version of O´Tool operating system.

Bug fixes: -Idle function could cause watchdog problem by stack overflow.
-PWM (Pulse Width Modulation for the output signal to the pump strokers) routine
changed. Problems with PWM frequency >1000Hz.

Function block diagrams Block 1B, Block 2B and Block 3B.

Version 2.0.0
Ready 96-08-30
 Adapted to the new version of the hardware (rev.A).

Bug fixes -PWM routine changed. Problems with PWM frequency <1000Hz caused by software
compilator bug.

Function block diagrams Block 1C, Block 2C and Block 3C.

Version 2.1.0
Ready 96-11-27
 Readings from both drives can be used in any position. Only readings for drive 1 could earlier be used on
display 1.
 Better protection against uncontrolled reversing of drive with use of analogue encoder for speed feedback.
 Better accuracy for reading of speed encoder.

New digital inputs: -Local1 -Change between Local and Remote drive 1.
-Local2 -Change between Local and Remote drive 2.
-Shutdown1 -Open output to pump 1 without open e-motor interlock.
-Shutdown2 -Open output to pump 2 without open e-motor interlock.
-Shutdown1+2 -Open outputs to pumps without open e-motor interlocks.

Function block diagrams Block 1D, Block 2D and Block 3D.

Version 2.2.0
Ready 97-06-27
 Slower change of local set point command. Change stops at zero before change of direction.
 Reset of ”shredder blocked” with stop button.
 Ramp for ratio in synchro mode.
 Functions in synchro mode to give priority for the ratio between the rolls independent of the settings of
speed and ratio commands.
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 13/263
1 Introduction

New digital outputs: -Auto1 -Indication man/auto in auto for drive1.

-Auto2 -Indication man/auto in auto for drive2.

Bug fixes: -Some monitor reading changed selections after power up.
-Interference between speed measuring could occur if two digital encoders were
used.
-Feedback is disconnected at zero input command with analogue speed encoder to
protect against uncontrolled reversing of drive.
-Stop reverse always active with digital encoder detection of blocking in shredder
mode.
-When more than 20 reversals in Shredder mode, reverse counter could start to
write in forbidden area.

Function block diagrams Block 1E, Block 2E and Block 3E.

Version 2.3.0
Ready 98-03-09
 Functions for swashangle feedback (Hydrokraft) pumps.
 Output enable (for PWM output) open if e-motor is not started and by swashangle error.
 Parameter for valve resistance changed to feedback gain.
 Letter Ä changed to A in HÄGGLUNDS due to text problems during start-up.

New digital outputs: -Failsafe 1 -Output for fail safe valve drive 1.
-Failsafe 2 -Output for fail safe valve drive 2.

Function block diagrams: Block 1F, Block 2F and Block 3F.

Version 2.3.1
Ready 98-04-03
Bug fixes: -Bug in PWM function could destroy register.

Function block diagrams: Block 1F, Block 2F and Block 3F.

Version 2.4.0
Ready 98-05-04
 Max current settings for both drives and password can be changed with drives started.
 Readings of speed can be shown with 2 decimals.
 Set point can be indicated in rpm.
 Feedback can be indicated in % of max speed.
 Slower update time for readings of speed and power.
 More configurable digital inputs by change of fixed digital inputs for Low oil temp, High e-motor temp and
High work pressure to configurable input choices.
 Shutdown 1, 2 and 1+2 removed. The function for direct stop of the drive without opening of the e-motor
interlocks is set in the Auxiliary monitor settings (Interlock).

New digital inputs: -Start 1+2 -Starts both drives in remote mode.
-Speed up 1 -Increase speed command for drive 1 in local mode.
-Speed down 1-Decrease speed command for drive 1 in local mode.
-Speed up 2 -Increase speed command for drive 2 in local mode.
-Speed down 2-Decrease speed command for drive 2 in local mode.
-Speed reset 1 - Reset speed command for drive 1 in local mode.
-Speed reset 2 - Reset speed command for drive 2 in local mode.
-Filter interlock - Blocks the filter warning inputs.

New digital outputs: -Started 1+2 -One of the drives started.

-Started 1*2 -Both drives started.
-Ready 1+2 -One of the drives ready for use.
-Ready 1*2 -Both drives ready for use.
-Power limit 1 -Power limit active drive 1.
-Power limit 2 -Power limit active drive 2.
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 14/263
1 Introduction

-Power limit 1+2 -Power limit active on one of the drives.

-Interlock 1 -Interlock active drive 1.
-Interlock 2 -Interlock active drive 2.
-Interlock 1+2 -Interlock active on one of the drives.
-Forward 1 -Drive 1 active forward.
-Reverse 1 -Drive 1 active in reverse.
-Forward 2 -Drive 2 active forward.
-Reverse 2 -Drive 2 active in reverse.

 Shutdown indication on the display if the supply relay is not activated (by watchdog or external connection
between terminal 1 and 2).
 Speed error too large gives a warning, puts the drive to manual (no speed feedback) and has to be reset
as other warnings. The maximum allowed error can be set.
 Shredder blocked gives an interlock, puts the drive to manual and can not be restarted in auto before the
interlock is reset in the alarm menu.
 Analog and set point inputs can be calibrated.
 All alarms/warnings are indicated on display 1 if drive type 2 is selected (two pumps driving one motor).
 The choice if both or only one of the pumps has to be running before the drive can be started in drive type
2.
 Local speed set point can only be changed in local mode and can be configured for automatic reset when
command is changed to remote mode.
 All parameters can be reset to default values.
 Counter reset time in synchro-counter mode reduced to 8msec.
 Swashplate feedback potentiometer error configurable to give Alarm or Interlock.
 Analog input to set an angle difference between the motors in synchro-counter mode.
 Selection of different inputs to enable the latches for counter reset in synchro-counter mode.
 Diagnostic readings to indicate program run.

Bug fixes: -Bug in swashangle feedback could stop the PWM output for drive 2.
-Interrupt disable time shortened down.
-Encoder interrupt time reduced to give better performance with two 5000ppr pulse
encoders.
-Error in reading of REG 106 and REG206 could cause watchdog problem.
-Counters reduced to one turn in synchro-counter mode.

Function block diagram: Block2_4

Version 2.4.1
Ready 98-05-14
 0.3 sec filter for swashangle feedback inputs.
 Start/stop of drive 2 can be activated from drive 1 keypads in setup mode.
 Indications for drive 2 (ON/OFF, E-MOTOR STOPPED, STARTING UP, READY TO USE) can be read on
drive 1 display if drive type 2 is selected (two pumps driving one motor).

Bug fixes: -Text for digital input Ready 1*2 was Ready 2*2.
-Default settings for analogue inputs mixed.

Function block diagram: Block2_4

Version 2.5.0
Ready 98-06-25
 Scaling function to give friction ratio in synchro-counter mode.

Function block diagram: Block2_5

Version 2.6.0
Ready 98-10-05
 Lower limit for setting of feedback gain in output decreased to 15.
 Password better protected. Each sign will change to a * when selected.
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 15/263
1 Introduction

 Possibility to set the limits for the friction ratio in synchro mode.
 ‘Error too large’ warning can be reset by a remote digital signal.
 ‘Man/Aut’-selection can be remote controlled by a digital input.
 ‘Shredder blocked’ interlock can be reset by a remote digital signal.

Function block diagram: Block2_6

Version 2.7.0
Ready 99-05-26
 Improved functions in synchro-counter mode.
 Increased time delay for filter indication (possible setting up to 15 minutes).
 Increased time delay for high pressure indication (possible setting up to 60 seconds).

Bug fixes: Error too large warning not possible for slave in Synchro mode

Function block diagram: Block2_7

Version 3.0.0
Ready 00-02-29
 Functionality for communication with SpiderCom
 Drive monitoring function with log channels.
 Language selection for alarm/warning texts.
 Filters for speed feedback signal.
 Possibility to set inverted function for digital outputs.
 Improved function for regulator D part.
 Check of output signal compared to setpoint signal.
 Amp. reading as default for power limitation.
 Handling of analogue inputs grouped to analogue input menu.
 Power limit function is cross connected between drives at common drive.
 Warning if parameter storage fails.
 Internal sequence warnings must be confirmed.

New digital inputs: -Forward2- Forward run with fixed speed for drive 2.
-Reverse2- Reverse run with fixed speed for drive 2.
New digital outputs: -Synchro- Indication of slave within limits in counter mode.

Bug fixes: Change in drain filter delay is reset after restart of system.

Version 3.0.1
Ready 00-05-30

Bug fixes: MAN/AUT indication failed at shredder blocked when using digital input for MAN/AUT
switching

Version 3.0.2
Ready 00-08-16

Bug fixes: Error time in ERROR TOO LARGE function accumulates with too short drop-out time as a
result.

Version 3.0.3
Ready 00-10-05

Error function in ERROR TOO LARGE function bypassed when speed signal is higher then setpoint signal if
parameter C(I)11 is set to 100%.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 16/263
1 Introduction

Version 3.1.0
Ready 00-12-06

 Analog output function.

 Max ramptime increased to 10minutes
 Local speed stores in Eeprom each hour and is set at power up.
 Reading kNm kan be set for reading registers T(U)05 and T(U)07.
 Parameters A(G)16-18 for power limitation can be set during drive.
 Accelerating parameter value change in setup menu.

New digital inputs: -PressA1+2- Paralleling of high pressure functions to both drives.
-PressB1+2- Paralleling of high pressure functions to both drives.
-Sh Res1+2- Paralleling of shredder blocked reset function.
-Err1+2Res- Paralleling of Error too large reset function.
-Forwa.1+2- Forward drive with fixed speed for both drives.
-Rever.1+2- Reverse drive with fixed speed for both drives.
-Auto 1+2- Switching of regulated drive on/off for both drives

New digital outputs: -Negative1- Negative reading Register for analogue out 1.
-Negative2- Negative reading Register for analogue out 2.

Version 3.1.1
Ready 01-09-27

Bug fixes: Parallel functions for power limitation not possible with two pumps driving one motor in
Shredder drive mode.

Version 3.2.0
Ready 01-12-03

 Function for negative friction.

 Friction ratio limit increased to 300%.
 Interlock indication removed from Alarm log list.
 Improved synchro function.
 Alternative sort of reading for analog function in shredder mode
 Reading of digital speed can be filtered

Version 3.2.1
Ready 02-12-11

Bug fixes: .
 .

Version 4.0.0
Ready 03-06-19

 Function to fit new version of Spider hardware.

Version 4.0.1
Ready 03-09-10

Bug fixes: Keyboard will not be locked if local stop is open

Update of downloaded parameters at reset
Change of EMOTOR STOPPED-indication
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 17/263
1 Introduction

Version 4.0.2
Ready 03-12-29

Bug fixes: Pressure control scaling error

Error in plausibility check pump 2 and 4

Version 4.1.0
Ready 04-10-04

 Chinese language selection

 Modbus as fieldbus selection
 Possibility to set frictionratio between two pumps on same drive.
 Possible to set downramp at alarm stop.
 Possibility to bypass front buttons
 Possibility to use analog inputs with inverted indication levels eg for oil level sensor.
 MIN OIL TEMP selectable as alarm or warning
 Digital output functions from analog temp sensor for cooler with or without e-motor interlock and for
flushing control
 Longer filter warning delay time possible
 Longer charge pressure interlock time possible
 Indication for slave not in regulated mode in Synchro counter mode.
 Hardware calibration mode for offset in stroker current feedback.
 Possibility to use VFD display
 New analog input sort of reading, rps, lpm, gpm.
 Possibility to force pressure control to min and max output.
 Longer ramp time for power limitation possible.
 Min, max and High temp selectable as digital out.
 Error too large" possible to reset via digital input.
 Indication of stop angle between Machine stop and machine stop.
 Longer delay for Aux functions possible.
 Possibility to set autoreset of Machine stop.
 Possibility to log output current.
 Heating output only active with oil in tank above min level

Bug fixes: Small margin for below 4mA warning on analog inputs
Scaling of parameters in pressure control
Japanese texts in Aux functions
Shredder counter value
Charge pressure B-side with analog sensors not possible to reset.
Text error in Dutch
Starttriggering of fieldbus control after bus failure not possible.
Shredder interval direction change in B-direction not possible.

Version 4.1.1
Ready 04-12-15

 Improved check of interlock relays for Electric motor.

Bug fixes: Wrong reading for REG202 for analog out and bus
Limits for reading REG202 on analog out in Synchro mode set by SYC01-02

Version 4.1.2
Ready 05-03-31

 Improved check of interlock relays for Electric motor.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 18/263
1 Introduction

Bug fixes: Wrong reading for REG202 for analog out and bus

Version 4.1.3
Ready 05-05-25

 Digital inputs for pressure control possible to set via bus.

Bug fixes: Faulty values for REG 330 and 340

Version 4.2.0
Ready 06-06-20

 Up and down-ramp of individual pumps in a multi-pump system

 Ramp on/off function
 Longer drive log alarm/warning list and with only latest em-stop indication
 Support for more fieldbus types
 More analog and digital registers on fieldbus
 Threshold possibility for digital speed inputs and bus analog in
 Drive selectable for digital speed encoders (not in synchro)
 Function for monitored cold flush control
 Low limit for power limitation
 Function for temp monitoring of hydraulic motor
 Parallel reversing for Shredder drives
 Improved interval function for Shredder drives
 More fixed speed setpoints
 Filters for analog readings
 Configurable reading registers for compared signals
 Function for separate charge pumps
 Separate contrast settings for each display
 Ramping of pump current in setup menu
 Prepaired monitoring of accumulators
 Possibility to connect digital out directly to digital in
 Error check deactivated during setup
 Register indications for digital in and out

New digital inputs: -05 ACC A Px- Monitoring of accumulator pressure for A-side pump x
-05 ACC B Px- Monitoring of accumulator pressure for B-side pump x
-05 ACC A Dx- Monitoring of accumulator pressure for A-side drive x
-05 ACC B Dx- Monitoring of accumulator pressure for A-side drive x
-09 LAMPTEST- Activstion of selected digital out
-09 EMSTOP- Machine stop without hardware shutdown
-11 PxOFF- Downramp of pump x
-15 FIXED x A-D- Drive with fixed speed fordrive x (4 different choices)
-15 RAMPxOFF- Bypass of ramp for drive x
-19 FLUSH ST- Start of flush pump
-19 FLUSH ON- Flush pump started
-19 C PUMPDx- External charge pump for drive x started
-19 SUCT FL- Flush valve for flush pump open

New digital outputs: -Dx- Indication of disable for drive x

-PxOFF- Command for pump x zero
-10 EMOT x- Electric motor x started
-10 EM INTx- Not monitored interlock contact for main e-motor x
-10 CP INTx- Not monitored interlock contact for charge pump e-motor x
-11 ST FLUSH- Start flush pump
-11 FL TEMP- Indication of standby flush active
-11 MN DRTMP- Indication of min drain temp disabled
-15 DINx- Indication of digital input x
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 19/263
1 Introduction

-15 BDINx- Indication of bus digital input x

Bug fixes: Communication acceptance for negative log values, LHI and LLO

Version 4.2.1
Ready 07-09-26

 Hydraulic motor temp monitoring levels on bus digital output

 All main suction valves open as condition for flush pump start
 Possibility to scale rpm value in REG109 and REG209
 Default values for drive log
 Bus timeout changed
Bug fixes: Power limit min value
REG114 affected by pressure control

Version 4.2.2
Ready 08-09-09

 Changes for Devicenet

Version 4.3.0
Ready 09-03-18

 Brake function
 Analog tank level sensor function
 Delayed on and off switching for digital outputs
 Digital speed threshold values possible to set with one decimal
 Analog setpoint values possible to scale
 Power limit level possible to adjust via bus/analog up to fixed level (AIRx)
 Increased bus data area in Bus data area version 3
 CC-link as selectable bus type
 Adjustable max bus setup time
 High tank temp interlock level before max alarm
 Improved functionality for compare function
 Improved function for pressure control regulator
 Settings of log limits with one decimal
 Power limit function improved to avoid delay

New digital inputs: -06 AUXF 75- Monitoring of aux filter switch for 75% of max pressure drop
-06 AUXF 100- Monitoring of aux filter switch for max pressure drop
-19 AUX EMOT- Monitoring of aux emotor temp
-06 BRAKExOP- Monitoring of brake open switch

New digital outputs: -04 BUSx- Indication of bus control active for drive x.
-04 BUSM- Indication of bus control active for external master
-11 COOL FWD- Timed forward control for cooler motor
-11 COOL REV- Timed reverse control for cooler motor
-11 MX LEVEL- Max (overfill) level in tank
-11 FULL- Normal max level in tank
-11 LO LEVEL- Low level in tank
-11 MN LEVEL- Min level in tank
-11 PxMAX- Pressure control for drive x saturated
-13 RESETx- Front reset button actuated for drive x
-13 OPEN BRx- Open brake for drive x
-17 C PRA Px- A-side charge pressure low for pump x
-17 C PRB Px- B-side charge pressure low for pump x
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 20/263
1 Introduction

Version 4.3.1
Ready 09-12-10

 CC-link fieldbus version fully functional

 1C hysteresis for MIN OIL TEMP alarm to avoid repeated indications in alarm log
 New serial port functions for configuration
 New indications in bus version 3:
Man/Aut front panel button pressed
Digital speed encoder zero pulse indication

Version 5.0.0
Ready 11-06-20

 New Operating System

 Functions for external control panel (LIU) via CAN communication
 Improved and adjustable sample rate
 Position indication
 Configurable drive logic function
 Separate analog value threshold functions
 Time zone setting in drive log
 Bypass of suction line alarm at stopped e-motor in multipump system
 Possibility to shift drive position
 Warning of wrong memory card type
 New digital inputs:
Charge filters
E-motor started
Memory cell set
 New digital outputs:
High temp active
Toggling front panel switch (lighting switch)
Memory cell status
 Spare parameter set for development purpose
 Function for external drive log (Spiderlink)

Note: Software version 5.0.x requires larger memory card capacity compared to previous versions. See
section 6.21 Program update.

Version 5.0.1
Ready 11-09-29

 Functions for SpiderLink implemented, used for external logging of data. This to replace the discontinued
RMS system.

Version 5.0.2
Ready 11-10-20

 Bus changes
 SpiderLink changes

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 21/263
1 Introduction

Version 5.0.3
Ready 13-01-29

 Extended functionality for Spiderlink (external drive log). Now possible to deactivate, clear log settings
and monitor status in Spider menu.
 Critical system stops is handled also by the external display (LIU).
 Minor modification of regulator I part when using analog feedback.
 Alarm for drain filter 1 and 2 (DF1, DF2) is separated in two different alarms on Spider display.
 The input for Brake open is modified with an edge triggered S/R latch.
 Alarm text “Emergency stop” changed to “Machine stop”.

Bug fixes: Correction of calculation for processor overload limit.

Min oil level alarm with analog level sensor interlocks Aux pump.
Counter of delay time for indications corrected. The delay was accumulated and not reset
when signal returned.

Version 5.0.4
Ready 14-04-30

 Maximum values for diagnostic timers REG901 to REG909 resets after drive start +1s.
 Diagnostic counters max hold, REG902 and REG904 are possible to reset by pressing left arrow for 5
seconds. A * on the display indicates a completed action.
 Diagnostic registers REG9xx has an extended value capacity form 32768 to 99999.

Bug fixes: Correction of pressure control function at sample frequency >10Hz.

Improvement of pump current output performance above 10 Hz sample frequency.
Ramp function improved at 100 Hz sample frequency.
Units for REG901 to REG904 changed from mS to uS.

Version 5.0.5
Ready 17-09-25

 RTC clock adjustable in seconds

 Space sign possible in serial number

Bug fixes: Limit changed in pressure 2

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 22/263
1 Introduction

1.4.2 Card/Hardware versions

The Card revision is marked on the printed connection board close to the Hägglunds Drives
logotype for Spider 1 and close to the card right side for Spider 2.
The hardware revision is marked with a sticker close to the card right side for Spider 2.

276 0004
Prototype during first time of developement of the system.

276 0004 rev.A

Layout ready 96-07-26
Card no. 11-57
 New amplifiers for the PWM output.
 Pull-down resistors for keypads.
 Inputs for swashangle feeedback.
 100 msec filter for the analog inputs.
 Normally closed inputs for external stop buttons.

276 0004 rev.B

Card no. 58-271, 273-281, 355-360, 442-444
Layout ready 97-04-18
 Pull-up and pull-down resistors for the serial communication port.
 Two positions on input selection jumper (voltage/current) for analogue inputs.
 Smaller changes to avoid jumpers on the backside of the card caused by missing connections in
rev.A version.

276 0004 rev.C

Card no. 272, 282-290
Layout ready 98-07-01
 Relays on digital outputs.
 Fuses for PWM outputs.
 Separate memory card for configurated parameters and Real Time Clock.
 Connections for front panel membrane switches.
 245V supply jumper.
 Changed circuit for swashangle feedback.

276 0004 rev.D

Layout ready 98-10-05
Card no. 291-354, 361-370, 446
 Smaller changes to avoid jumpers on the backside of the card caused by short circuit in rev.C
version.
Layout ready 98-02-16
Card no. 371-441, 445, 447-453, 502-521
 Smaller changes to simplify mounting of terminals.

276 0004 rev.E

Layout ready 99-06-05
Card no. 454-501, 522-573
 Indication for supply to stroker output amplifiers.
 Test pins for supply voltages and current feedback.

276 0004 rev.F

Layout ready 00-02-24
Card no. 574-
 Connection for analogue output card.

276 0020, Hw rev. R1A

Prototype during first time of developement of updated Spider 2.
Card no. 2001-2005
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 23/263
1 Introduction

276 0020 rev.A, Hw rev. R2A

Layout ready 03-05-04
Card no. 2011-
 First serial version of the card.

276 0020 rev.A, Hw rev. R2B

Layout ready 04-08-10
Card no. -2234
 Processor oscillator adjustments

276 0020 rev.A, Hw rev. R2C

Layout ready 04-10-26
Card no. 2235-2297
 Em-stop oscillator adjustments.

276 0020 rev.A, Hw rev. R2D

Layout ready 04-12-02
Card no. 2298-4939
 Increased current in e-motor interlock monitoring contacts.

276 0020 rev.A, Hw rev. R2E

Layout ready 10-09-14
Card no. 4940-5138
 Activation of CAN interface

276 0020 rev.B, Hw rev. R3A

Layout ready 11-01-13
Card no. 5139-5338
 Internal isolated power supply for analog outputs
 Jumpers for pull-up of pulse inputs (single pulse encoders)
 Production adjustments

276 0020 rev.C Hw rev. R3B

Layout ready 11-04-19
Card no. 5339-7725 (some cards revised to R3C)
 Changes of wiring to DC-DC for analog outputs.

276 0020 rev.D Hw rev. R3C

Layout ready 17-09-28
Card no. 7726-
 Changes to stabilize referece voltage for isolated analog inputs
 All R3B cards in stock revised to R3C (extra resistor on card)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 24/263
1 Introduction

1.5 Ordering code

A B C D - E F G H I - J - K L

A FUNCTION
M Monitor Driver and functions for monitoring of power unit
B Basic Monitor with added functions for Speed feedback and power limitations
S Shredder Basic with added functions for shredder drives
Z Synchro Basic with added functions for synchronization between two drives
F Friction Basic with added function for friction control between two drives.
R MRC Basic with added functions for synchronization and friction between two drives
L LIU Local Interface Unit with keypad and display
X Default Default setting, Engineering not included

B DRIVE 1 CONFIGURATION F HEATER

1 1 el. motor - 1 pump 0 None
2 1 el. motor - 2 pumps 1 Installed in SPIDER box
3 2 el. motors - 2 pumps
4 2 el. motors - 3 pumps
5 2 el. motors -4 pumps G FIELDBUS CARD
6 3 el. motors - 3 pumps 0 None
7 3 el. motors - 4 pumps 1 Profibus
8 1 el. motor - Tandem pump 1 2 Modbus RTU
9 1 el. motor - Tandem pump 2 3 Controlnet
Y One display 4 Ethernet IP
6 Profinet
C DRIVE 2 CONFIGURATION 7 Devicenet
0 No el. motor - No pump 8 Modbus TCP
1 1 el. motor - 1 pump 9 CC-link
2 1 el. motor - 2 pumps
3 2 el. motors - 2 pumps H Not used
4 2 el. motors - 3 pumps 0 None
5 2 el. motors -4 pumps
6 3 el. motors - 3 pumps
7 3 el. motors - 4 pumps
8 El. motor 1 - tandem pump 1
9 El. motor 1 - tandem pump 2 I PRESSURE CONTROL
Z One display 0 None
1 Pressure control Drive 1
D ASSEMBLING ALTERNATIVE 2 Pressure control Drive 2
1 Loose item with brackets excl. cables 3 Pressure control both drives
2 Loose item with flange excl. cables
4 Mounted inside PU
5 Mounted on PU door J POWER SUPPLY
6 Mounted in PU door 0 External 24VDC
7 Mounted on side of PU 1 Internal 250W (standard)
A Loose item for DU drive unit, incl. separate
control panel for outside tank door, excl. cables
B Loose item for DU drive unit, incl. separate K POTENTIOMETER
control panel for inside tank door, excl. cables 0 None
C Loose item for DU drive unit, incl. separate 1 Installed in SPIDER box
control panel for remote mounting, excl. cables

L PLEXIGLASS WINDOW
E DISPLAY 0 None
0 OLED type (standard) 1 Assembled
1 VFD type (Required for Chinese char.)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 25/263
2 Technical data

2 Technical data
2.1 Mechanical
2.1.1 Mechanical data

Cubicle dimension W=400mm H=300mm D=145mm

Encapsulation class IP 65
Ambient temperature -20..+50C, -40C with heater*
Material enclosure Stainless steel
Material front Polyester film
Mounting Wall brackets or flange
Weight 8kg
(10kg with brackets or flange)
Cable size Max 2.5mm
* Heater supplied as option

2.1.2 Wall bracket mounting

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 26/263
2 Technical data

2.1.3 Flange mounting

2.1.4 Polyester front

Chemical resistance to:
- Alcohols
- Dilute acids
- Dilute alkalis
- Esters
- Hydrocarbons
- Ketones
- Household cleaning agents

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 27/263
2 Technical data

2.1.5 DU version with blank door and C-rail mount

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 28/263
2 Technical data

2.1.6 DU control panel (LIU)

Alternative contact position

PLEXIGLASS OPTION

WALLMOUNT OPTION

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 29/263
2 Technical data

2.2 Supply and output voltage

2.2.1 Supply voltage

Embedded AC power supply

Main supply voltage Autoranging 90-132, 180-264 VAC

47-63Hz (No configuration needed)
Power consumption Max 300VA, Depending on configuration
(+50VA with heater)*
Inrush current Max 30A
Main fuse 6A
Fuses ,Rev B supply
Main 4A fast, 5x20mm ceramic, R913027788
Internal DC 2A fast, 5x20mm ceramic, R913027812
Output Fuses , New version 2A fast, 5x20mm ceramic, R913027812

* Heater supplied as option

External DC power supply

Card supply 24VDC±10% , Max 8A

Depending on configuration
Card consumption (without 320mA
Load)

2.2.2 Output voltage

Analog reference voltage +10V +10VDC 35mA

(isolated) -10V -10VDC 35mA
Digital input supply 1 DI1 +24VDC 0.3A
Digital input supply 2 DI2 +24VDC 0.3A
Digital encoder supply DE +24VDC 0.3A
Digital encoder supply 12_DE +12VDC 0.1A
Analog input supply AI +24VDC 0.3A
Machine stop supply EM +24VDC 0.3A
Digital output supply DO +24VDC 0.8A
E-motor started supply EI +24VDC 0.3A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 30/263
2 Technical data

2.3 Inputs

2.3.1 Analog inputs

No Description Type Impedance

1 Speed set point Drive 1 ±0-5VDC 100k
or Friction set point Drive 1 ±0-10VDC 100k
(isolated) ±4-20mA 250
±0-20mA 250
1 Speed set point Drive 2 ±0-5VDC 100k
or Friction set point Drive 2 ±0-10VDC 100k
(isolated) ±4-20mA 250
±0-20mA 250
2 Configurable analog inputs +0-5VDC 100k
(isolated) +0-10VDC 100k
+4-20mA 250
+0-20mA 250
7 Configurable analog inputs +0-5VDC 100k
(diffrential) +0-10VDC 100k
+4-20mA 250
+0-20mA 250
1 Tank temp input, -29...+107ºC PT100

2.3.2 Digital inputs

No Description Type Impedance Max input

1 Digital speed feedback Drive 1 logical 0=0-3,9VDC 4,8k f max
Differential or single with logical 1=6,6-32VDC 10nF 10kHz
direction signal
1 Zero position input Drive 1 logical 0=0-3,9VDC 4,8k
logical 1=6,6-32VDC 10nF
1 Digital speed feedback Drive 2 logical 0=0-3,9VDC 4,8k f max
Differential or single with logical 1=6,6-32VDC 10nF 10kHz
direction signal
1 Zero position input Drive 2 logical 0=0-3,9VDC 4,8k
logical 1=6,6-32VDC 10nF
1 Electric motor 1 started logical 0=0-3,9VDC 1k
from starter unit logical 1=6,6-32VDC
1 Electric motor 2 started logical 0=0-3,9VDC 1k
from starter unit logical 1=6,6-32VDC
1 Electric motor 3 started logical 0=0-3,9VDC 1k
from starter unit logical 1=6,6-32VDC
43 Configurable inputs logical 0=0-3,9VDC 3k
logical 1=6,6-32VDC
1 Machine stop input logical 0=0-4,7VDC 800
logical 1=8,0-32VDC

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 31/263
2 Technical data

2.4 Outputs
2.4.1 Pump control
No Description Type Impedance Max output
4 Stroker output, dual coil PWM (Pulse width 5-100** 2A*
modulated)
*Total current for all outputs 5A
**Max output reduced above 10 to 20/Impedance (A)

2.4.2 Digital outputs

No Description Type Max load
1 Starter interlock E-motor 1 Relay contact 3A, 30VDC, 250VAC
1 Starter interlock E-motor 2 Relay contact 3A, 30VDC, 250VAC
1 Starter interlock E-motor 3 Relay contact 3A, 30VDC, 250VAC
13 Configurable outputs Relay contact 3A, 30VDC, 250VAC
(Dout 11,12,13 has a combined
maximum load of 3A)

2.4.3 Analog outputs

No Description Type Load limit
4 Configurable analog outputs +0-10VDC 1k min
Outputs are internally power +2-10VDC 1k min
supplied from card revision B +0-20mA 500 max
+4-20mA 500 max

2.5 Communication
2.5.1 PC connection
No Description Type Connection to PC
1 RS-232 connection for setup 9-pole male D-sub Null modem cable
and drive log download

2.5.2 Fieldbus connection

No Description Type Connection
1 Connection for fieldbus module Profibus
(optional module) Modbus RTU
ControlNet
EtherNet IP
ProfiNet
DeviceNet
Modbus TCP
CC-link

2.5.3 CAN connection

No Description Type Connection
2 CAN connection for local 4-pin Terminal To LIU (Local Interface
system communication Unit)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 32/263
3 Connection

3 Connection
3.1 Wiring
Shielded cables are preferred for the installation.
The wire must be min 0,5mm2 for input signals and min 1mm2 for supply and output cables.
Max distance between control system and power unit is 50m.

3.2 Power supply

SUPPLY VOLTAGE & HEATER

HEATER WITH THERMOSTAT
SUPPLIED AS OPTION

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 33/263
3 Connection

3.3 Input signals

3.3.1. Remote speed setpoint.
The input for remote speed setpoint are isolated and can be bidirectional (forward and
reverse speed setpoint) or unidirectional (forward speed setpoint and fixed reverse speed if
needed). The setpoint can be a voltage or a current signal. The selection is made with a
jumper on the board (see also AS4.3) and in the set up menu (see AS5.2.6).

SETPOINT DRIVE 1

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 34/263
3 Connection

SETPOINT DRIVE 2

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 35/263
3 Connection

[Link] Configurable isolated analog inputs.

The signal for the configurable analog inputs must be positive. The input can be a voltage or
a current signal. The selection is made with a jumper on the board (see also AS4.3) and in
the set up menu (see AS5.2.6).

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 1

I I

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 2

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 36/263
3 Connection

[Link] Configurable analog inputs.

The signal for the configurable analog inputs must be positive. The input can be a voltage or
a current signal. The selection is made with a jumper on the board (see AS4.5.2) and in the
set up menu (see AS5.2.6).

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 3

I I

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 4

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 37/263
3 Connection

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 5

I I

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 6

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 38/263
3 Connection

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 7

I I

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 8

I I

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 39/263
3 Connection

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG INPUT 9

I I

CONNECTION OF ANALOG 2-WIRE SENSOR

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 40/263
3 Connection

[Link] Tank temperature analog input.

The tank temperature can be measured with a PT100 sensor.

PT-100 TANK TEMPERATURE INPUT

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 41/263
3 Connection

3.3.3. Digital speed encoder.

If a differential encoder is used and the input 2 pulse comes before the input 1 pulse, the Rpm
signal will be positive.
If a single pulse encoder is used, a low level on the direction signal will give positive sign of
the Rpm signal. If the signal has wrong sign the polarity can be changed with parameter
P1I06 for drive 1 and parameter P2I06 for drive 2.

DIGITAL SPEED ENCODER DRIVE 1

P49

S
D

P48

S
D

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 42/263
3 Connection

DIGITAL SPEED ENCODER DRIVE 2

P51

S
D

P50

S
D

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 43/263
3 Connection

3.3.4. Electric motor started inputs.

The inputs must be high (switch closed) when the motor is stopped and open at motor start.
The inputs are used for bypass of charge pressure alarm and delay of drive start.

INPUT SIGNALS FROM STARTER UNIT

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 44/263
3 Connection

3.3.5. Machine stop input.

Machine stop input must be connected for the system to operate. If the input is opened, the
output to the pumps will be set to zero without ramp to destroke the pumps as quickly as
[Link] electric motor interlock contacts will open after a time delay set with parameter
DMD 0x and with a rotary switch on top left of main board (see AS4.5.4).

MACHINE STOP INPUT

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 45/263
3 Connection

3.3.6. Configurable digital inputs.

The input functions are configured in the set up menu (see AS5.2.3). All inputs are
configurable but the first 24 inputs are as first choice selected for monitoring of the power unit
switches.

DIGITAL INPUT SIGNALS

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 46/263
3 Connection

DIGITAL INPUT SIGNALS

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 47/263
3 Connection

DIGITAL INPUT SIGNALS

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 48/263
3 Connection

3.4 Output signals

PUMP SWASHANGLE CONTROL
3.4.1. Pump strokers.

Pumps with separate coils for A and B side can be used. If pumps with a common coil for
both directions is used, the drive can only be controlled in one direction.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 49/263
3 Connection

3.4.2. Starter interlock outputs.

The normally open contact of the auxiliary relay must be connected in the stop circuit for the
electric motors. The output will open at alarm.
Note! The polarity for the freewheeling diode over the relay coil. The function of the diode is to
protect against induced voltage at switch off and should be mounted close to the relay coil.
STARTER INTERLOCK

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 50/263
3 Connection

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 51/263
3 Connection

3.4.3. Configurable digital outputs.

The output functions are configured in the set up menu (see AS5.2.4).

DIGITAL OUTPUT SIGNALS

Note! All outputs must be protected against induced voltage at switch off by e.g. free wheeling
diode (see 3.4.2), varistor, RC circuit or other overvoltage protection device mounted close to
the load.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 52/263
3 Connection

3.4.4. Configurable analog outputs.

The outputs are galvanic isolated and powered by a +24 VDC galvanic isolated supply.
The output functions are configured in the set up menu (see AS5.2.7).

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT 1

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT 2

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 53/263
3 Connection

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT 3

CONFIGURABLE ANALOG OUTPUT 4

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 54/263
3 Connection

3.5 Interconnection terminal

For internal connection use.

INTERCONNECTION TERMINAL

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 55/263
3 Connection

3.6 Communication ports

3.6.1. SpiderCom port.
Connector for RS232 communication. Port is used for log data dump and for setup of system via a
PC and SpiderCom software.

Pin1 CD, Carrier detect

SpiderCom
Pin2 RXD, Receive data
Pin3 TXD, Transmit data
1 2 3 4 5
Pin4 DTR, Data terminal ready
6 7 8 9
Pin5 GND, System ground
D-sub 9M Pin6 DSR, Data set ready
Pin7 RTS, Request to send
Pin8 CTS, Clear to send
Pin9 RI, Ring indicator

3.6.2. Optional fieldbus connection.

 Profibus connection for external control.

Housing Shield
Profibus Pin1 Not connected
Pin2 Not connected
5 4 3 2 1 Pin3 B-line, Pos TXD/RXD
9 8 7 6
Pin4 RTS, Request to send
Pin5 GND BUS
D-sub 9F
Pin6 +5V BUS
Pin7 Not connected
Pin8 A-line, Neg TXD/RXD
Pin9 Not connected

In normal applications A-Line, B-Line and shield are used.

 Modbus RTU connection for external control.

Housing Shield
Modbus
Pin1 Not connected
5 4 3 2 1
Pin2 Tx - RS232
Pin3 Rx – RS232
9 8 7 6
Pin4 Not connected
D-sub 9F Pin5 GND
Pin6 +5V
Pin7 RS485 B-line
Pin8 RS485 A-line
Pin9 Not connected

In normal applications A-Line, B-Line and shield are used.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 56/263
3 Connection

 Controlnet connection for external control.

Tip ControlNet
ControlNet Ring Shield
Tip

Ring
Pin1 Signal ground
BNC
Pin2 Not connected
Pin3 Tx_H
NETWORK
Pin4 Tx_L
Pin5 Rx_L
1 8
Pin6 Rx_H
RJ45
Pin7 Not connected
Pin8 Shield

 EtherNet IP/Modbus TCP connection for external control.

Pin1 TD+
Pin2 TD-
EtherNet IP / Modbus TCP Pin3 RD+
Pin4 GND via filter
Pin5
1 8 Pin6 RD-
RJ45 Pin7 GND via filter
Pin8

 CAN-open connection for external control. Note: For future implementation.

Housing CAN_SHLD
CANopen Pin1 Not connected
Pin2 CAN_L
1 2 3 4 5
Pin3 CAN_GND
6 7 8 9
Pin4 Not connected
D-sub 9M Pin5 CAN_SHLD
Pin6 CAN_GND
Pin7 CAN_H
Pin8 Not connected
Pin9 Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 57/263
3 Connection

 ProfiNet connection for external control.

Pin1 TD+
Pin2 TD-
ProfiNet
Pin3 RD+
Pin4 GND via filter
Pin5
1 8
Pin6 RD-
RJ45 Pin7 GND via filter
Pin8

 Devicenet connection for external control.

DeviceNet Pin1 V- (Negative supply voltage)*

Pin2 CAN_L
1 5
Pin3 Shield
Pin4 CAN_H
5.08mm pluggable screw connector
Pin5 V+ (Positive supply voltage)*
*The module requires 24VDC bus power

 CC-link connection for external control.

CC-link Pin1 DA (Communication)

Pin2 DB (Communication)
1 5
Pin3 Digital ground
Pin4 Shield
5.08mm pluggable screw connector
Pin5 Frame ground

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 58/263
3 Connection

3.6.3. Internal CAN-bus connection.

 Main card CAN connectors.

3.6.4. Local Interface unit (LIU) CAN-bus connection.

 Located on card in LIU.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 59/263
3 Connection

3.7 Terminal functions

Table of terminal functions.

Row Type Name No. Function

1 Power Input DC1 4 24V_IN (+)
3 24V_IN (+)
2 GND (-)
1 GND(-)
Pump 4 PO4 4 Common pump 4
3 Stroker conn. Pump 4. High B
2 Common pump 4
1 Stroker conn. Pump 4. High A
Pump 3 PO3 4 Common pump 3
3 Stroker conn. Pump 3. High B
2 Common pump 3
1 Stroker conn. Pump 3. High A
Pump 2 PO2 4 Common pump 2
3 Stroker conn. Pump 2. High B
2 Common pump 2
1 Stroker conn. Pump 2. High A
Pump 1 PO1 4 Common pump 1
3 Stroker conn. Pump 1. High B
2 Common pump 1
1 Stroker conn. Pump 1. High A

2 Digital outputs DO1 14 Configurable Digital output 6

13 Configurable Digital output 6
12 Configurable Digital output 5
11 Configurable Digital output 5
10 Configurable Digital output 4
9 Configurable Digital output 4
8 Configurable Digital output 3
7 Configurable Digital output 3
6 Configurable Digital output 2
5 Configurable Digital output 2
4 Configurable Digital output 1
3 Configurable Digital output 1
2 24V_DO
1 GND

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 60/263
3 Connection

w Type Name No. Function

3 Digital outputs DO2 14 Configurable Digital output 13
13 Configurable Digital output 12
12 Configurable Digital output 11
11 Common Digital output 11-13
10 Configurable Digital output 10
9 Configurable Digital output 10
8 Configurable Digital output 9
7 Configurable Digital output 9
6 Configurable Digital output 8
5 Configurable Digital output 8
4 Configurable Digital output 7
3 Configurable Digital output 7
2 24V_DO
1 GND

4 E-motor interlocks EO1 8 Interlock Electric motor 3

7 Interlock Electric motor 3
6 Interlock Electric motor 2
5 Interlock Electric motor 2
4 Interlock Electric motor 1
3 Interlock Electric motor 1
2 24V_DO
1 GND

5 E-motor started EI 8 E-motor 3 started

inputs 7 E-motor 2 started
6 E-motor 1 started
5 24V_EI
4 24V_EI
3 GND
Machine stop EM 2 Machine stop
1 24V_EM

6 Digital speed DE1 8 Pulse 0 Drive 1+

encoder Drive 1 7 Pulse 2 Drive 1 -
6 Pulse 2 Drive 1+
5 Pulse 1 Drive 1 -
4 Pulse 1 Drive 1+
3 12V+
2 24V_DE
1 GND

7 Digital speed DE2 8 Pulse 0 Drive 2+

encoder Drive 2 7 Pulse 2 Drive 2 -
6 Pulse 2 Drive 2+
5 Pulse 1 Drive 2 -
4 Pulse 1 Drive 2+
3 12V+
2 24V_DE
1 GND

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 61/263
3 Connection

Row Type Name No. Function

8 Configurable DI1 8 Config input 6 (Drain filter)
digital inputs 7 Config input 5 (Low oil level in tank)
Predefined 6 Config input 4 (Min oil level in tank)
monitoring inputs 5 Config input 3 (Min oil temperature in tank)
4 Config input 2 (High oil temperature in tank)
3 Config input 1 (Max oil temperature in tank)
2 24V_DI_1
1 GND

9 Configurable DI2 12 Config input 15

digital inputs 11 Config input 14 (Work pressure, pump 2)
Predefined 10 Config input 13 (Charge pressure, pump 2)
monitoring inputs 9 Config input 12 (Suction line, pump 2)
8 Config input 11 (Return filter 100%, pump 2)
7 Config input 10 (Work pressure, pump 1)
6 Config input 9 (Charge pressure, pump 1)
5 Config input 8 (Suction line, pump 1)
4 Config input 7 (Return filter 100%, pump 1)
3 24V_DI_1
2 24V_DI_1
1 GND

10 Configurable DI3 12 Config input 24

digital inputs 11 Config input 23 (Work pressure, pump 4)
Predefined 10 Config input 22 (Charge pressure, pump 4)
monitoring inputs 9 Config input 21 (Suction line, pump 4)
8 Config input 20 (Return filter 100%, pump 4)
7 Config input 19 (Work pressure, pump 3)
6 Config input 18 (Charge pressure, pump 3)
5 Config input 17 (Suction line, pump 3)
4 Config input 16 (Return filter 100%, pump 3)
3 24V_DI_1
2 24V_DI_1
1 GND

11 Configurable DI4 12 Config input 33

digital inputs 11 Config input 32
10 Config input 31
9 Config input 30
8 Config input 29
7 Config input 28
6 Config input 27
5 Config input 26
4 Config input 25
3 24V_DI_2
2 24V_DI_2
1 GND

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 62/263
3 Connection

Row Type Name No. Function

12 Configurable DI5 12 Config input 43
digital inputs 11 Config input 42
10 Config input 41
9 Config input 40
8 Config input 39
7 Config input 38
6 Config input 37
5 Config input 36
4 Config input 35
3 Config input 34
2 24V_DI_2
1 GND

13 Analog inputs AI1 12 Config input 2 -

Isolated 11 Config input 2+
10 Config input 1 -
9 Config input 1+
8 Remote speed setpoint Drive 2 -
7 Remote speed setpoint Drive 2 +
6 Remote speed setpoint Drive 1 -
5 Remote speed setpoint Drive 1 +
4 Isolated 10VREF -
3 Isolated 10VREF+
2 Isolated GND
1 Isolated GND

14 Analog inputs AI2 12 Config input 6 -

Not isolated 11 Config input 6+
10 Config input 5 -
9 Config input 5+
8 Config input 4 -
7 Config input 4+
6 Config input 3 -
5 Config input 3+
4 24V_AI
3 24V_AI
2 GND
1 GND

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 63/263
3 Connection

Row Type Name No. Function

15 Analog inputs AI3 14 Tank temp, force low
Not isolated 13 Tank temp, sense low
12 Tank temp, sense high
11 Tank temp, force high
10 Config input 9 -
9 Config input 9+
8 Config input 8 -
7 Config input 8+
6 Config input 7 -
5 Config input 7+
4 24V_AI
3 24V_AI
2 GND
1 GND

16 Analog outputs AO2 6 Current output 4

5 Voltage output 4
4 Current output 3
3 Voltage output 3
2 24VDC external supply. Internally supplied from revB
1 GND (external)
AO1 6 Current output 2
5 Voltage output 2
4 Current output 1
3 Voltage output 1
2 24VDC external supply. Internally supplied from revB
1 GND (external)

17 CAN2 CA 8 +24V CAN

7 CAN2 L
6 CAN2 H
5 0V
CAN1 4 +24V CAN
3 CAN1 L
2 CAN1 H
1 0V
Spare terminals IC 6 For interconnection purpose
5 For interconnection purpose
4 For interconnection purpose
3 For interconnection purpose
2 For interconnection purpose
1 For interconnection purpose

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 64/263
4 Indication and setting

4 Indication and setting

4.1 Display information
Spider can be equipped with keypads and From main card rev R3A it is possible to place
display for one or two drives. A Spider unit for the displays and keypads as a Local interface
one drive has one set of display and drive unit (LIU) separated from the Spider main card
buttons. A Spider unit for two drives has two box.
sets. All units have one set of set up buttons For a double display unit the positions of Drive 1
(arrows and enter button). and Drive 2 can be switched.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 65/263
4 Indication and setting

POWER UP SPIDER E-MOTOR STOPPED

Boot Ver 2.0 OFF EXT

E-MOTOR STOPPED
0% 0%
0rpm 0Amp
Indication that e-motor is off
boot version
START UP TIME SPIDER E-MOTOR STARTING

HÄGGLUNDS DRIVES OFF REM

SPIDER II STARTING UP
2011-06-20 0% 0%
ver. 5.0.0 HW:1 0rpm 0Amp
Hardware version Indication of e-motor start
Software version
E-MOTOR STARTED
START UP TIME LIU Software version SYSTEM READY TO USE

Unit 1 OFF REM

LIC Sw ver: 0.02 READY TO USE
Date: 20100827 0% 0%
0rpm 0Amp

TESTING HARDWARE DRIVE MODE

TESTING HARDWARE OFF REM

FC1 . . . -> TANKTEMP 34°C <-
0% 0%
0rpm 0Amp

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 66/263
4 Indication and setting

4.2 Information on normal drive and alarms

DRIVE INDICATION
WARN = Common Warning
ALARM = Common Alarm
INT = Interlock
DIS=Disable

ON = Drive Started
OFF = Drive Stopped
REM = Remote speed command
LOC = Local speed command
BUS = Fieldbus remote speed command
"Blank" = Open loop drive
REG = Closed loop speed feedback drive

WARN ON REM REG AUT MAN = Manual mode (Only in Shredder function)
AUT = Auto mode (only in Shredder function)
> TANKTEMP 35°C <
85 % 92 %
Scroll list shown
20.5 rpm 120 kW

Four settable registers to be displayed

ALARM INDICATION WARNING INDICATION

ALARM DRIVE 1 WARNING DRIVE 1

MIN OIL LEVEL LOW OIL LEVEL

INTERLOCK INDICATION

INTERLOCK DRIVE 1
NO EXT FEED

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 67/263
4 Indication and setting

4.3 Reset of alarms and warnings

To enter the list of alarms, warnings and interlocks press an arrow button (◄►) for 3 sec.
If the current Spider has two displays press left arrow to enter list for drive 1, right arrow for drive 2. A
common alarm/warning can be seen on both the displays.

The alarms and warnings are showed one and one. If there are several notifications scroll with up and
down arrows (▼▲ ) to see all messages in the list.

To reset a notification go into the alarm/warning list and press the Enter button after the reason for the
indication is fixed.
When there is “NO MORE ALARMS OR WARNINGS” push left or right arrow button (◄►) to return to
main menu.

RESET OF ALARMS/WARNINGS
ALARM OFF REM OFF REM
E-MOTOR STOPPED E-MOTOR STOPPED
0% 0% 0% 0%
0.0 rpm 0 mA 0.0 rpm 0 mA

DRIVE 1 3 sec.
DRIVE 1
OR
OR
DRIVE 2 3 sec.
DRIVE 2

ALARM DRIVE 1
LOW CHARGE PRESS P1
NO MORE ALARMS OR
WARNINGS

MORE THAN ONE

ALARM OR WARNING

ALARM DRIVE 1
MIN OIL LEVEL

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 68/263
4 Indication and setting

4.4 Front panel buttons

4.4.1 Set upNAVIGATION
buttons BUTTONS

Go down one level in display menu.

Accept a change in parameter.
Reset alarm, warning or interlock

Go up one level in display menu.

Escape without change of parameter.
Select Drive 1 scroll list (short time press)
Select Drive 1 alarm list (press for 3 sec.)

Select Drive 2 scroll list (short time press)

V

Select Drive 2 alarm list (press for 3 sec.)

Scroll up in display menu.

Go to next alarm / warning.
Increase parameter.

Scroll down in display menu.

V Go to previous alarm / warning.
Decrease parameter.

Press 3 sec. to enter setup list

Inrease contrast on display

Decrease contrast on display

V

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 69/263
4 Indication and setting

4.4.2 Drive buttons

Switching between manual and auto drive mode.

MAN/AUTO (Only avaliable in Shredder function)

Switching between front panel and

external setpoint/start-stop if this function
is selected.

INCREASE
Increase speed setpoint when driving
in local mode (front panel setpoint).

Decrease speed setpoint when driving

DECREASE
in local mode (front panel setpoint).

FORWARD
Manual forward in Shredder function.
Same
button Switching between open and closed loop
REG/UNREG
speed control when speed feedback used.
(Not avaliable in Shredder function)
Inch reverse with fixed speed.
REVERSE Manual reverse in Shredder function.

START Start of drive.

STOP Stop of drive.

Toggling of relay output for DU internal light

Can be addressed to first and second button
in each row

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

 P24
To displays
P23
P27
1 Jtag programming port for Microcontroller IC4
2 1 2
P25

Microcontroller TP2 1 2
TP5 TP4
1
Contact for Spidercom connection
TP23
SW1 5
4.5.1 Revision A

TP21
TP22 P22
IC15 1
P28 Jtag programming port for CPLD
TMS To memory card
CPLD TDI
TP3 TMO

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

TCK
GND To front keypad
+3V3
C137 C138
Hägglunds Spider, Control system

Watchdog
indicator TP19 TP16

TP18 TP15
D1 SW3
J1 2 TP17
TP20

W-DOG
1
ON
OFF

TP1 Display type selection

Optional Fieldbus card
TP14 Restart of program
RESET

SW2

1
TP9 P47
12
Logger connection
TP10
TP6
4.5 Main card jumpers and indications

REL15

REL16

REL14
TP7
+
+ TP13
TP12

DC1
- TP11 Supply voltage
indicators

1
Jumpers for analog

P3
- Supply voltage indicators current loop inputs
Jumpers for analog TP8

REL17
current loop inputs
D170 D171 D172 D173 D174 D175 D176 D181
U
I Logger connections
AI6 I AI7 I AI8 I AI9 I AI3 I AI4 I AI5
DO EM EI DE DI1 DI2 AI DE D116 D117
12V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
PO4

PO4
I I I I P43 P44 P45 P46 P40 P41 P42
SP SP AI_1 AI_2
D1 D2 + - 10V

P2
CA2
CA1

REL18
REL6

REL5
REL9

REL8

REL4
REL7
REL11

REL10

REL3
REL12
REL13

REL1
REL2
PO3

PO3
AO2

1
CA1
CA1

1
P21

P19
1

AO2
70/263

PO2

PO2
P1
4 Indication and setting

IC1

IC1
P20

DO1 DO2 EO1 EI/ DE1 DE2 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 AI1 AI2 AI3 AO1
EM
P14

PO1
PO1
P18

P9
P10
P16

P11
P15
P17

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

P7
P8
P12
P13

P6

P5

P4
1

1
1
1

1
DO1 DO2 EO1 EI/EM 1 DE1 DE2 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 AI1 AI2 AI3 AO1
 P24
To displays
P23
P27
1 Jtag programming port for Microcontroller IC4
2 1 2
P25

Microcontroller TP2 1 2
TP5 TP4
1
Contact for Spidercom connection
TP23
SW1 5
TP21
TP22 P22
IC15 1
P28 Jtag programming port for CPLD
TMS To memory card
CPLD TDI
TP3 TMO

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

TCK
Revision B, C and D

GND To front keypad

+3V3
C137 C138
Watchdog
Hägglunds Spider, Control system

indicator TP19 TP16

TP18 TP15
D1 SW3
J1 2 TP17
TP20
W-DOG

1
Drive side selection
ON
OFF

TP1 Display type selection

Optional Fieldbus card
TP14 Restart of program
RESET

SW2

1
TP9 P47
12
Logger connection
TP10
TP6
REL15

REL16

REL14
TP7
+
+ TP13
TP12

DC1
- TP11 Supply voltage
indicators

1
Jumpers for analog

P3
- Supply voltage indicators current loop inputs
Jumpers for digital Jumpers for analog TP8

REL17
encoder type current loop inputs
D170 D171 D172 D173 D174 D175 D176 D181
U
I Logger connections
AI6 I AI7 I AI8 I AI9 I AI3 I AI4 I AI5
DO EM EI DE DI1 DI2 AI DE D116 D117
12V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
PO4

PO4
I I I I P43 P44 P45 P46 P40 P41 P42
SP SP AI_1 AI_2
D1 D2 + - 10V

P2
CA2
CA1

REL18
REL6

REL5
REL9

REL8

REL4
REL7
REL11

REL10

REL3
REL12
REL13

REL1
REL2
PO3

PO3
AO2

1
CA1
CA1

1
P21

P49 P51
P19
1

S D S D AO2
PO2
71/263

PO2
P48 P50

P1
S D S D
IC1

IC1
4 Indication and setting

P20

DO1 DO2 EO1 EI/ DE1 DE2 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 AI1 AI2 AI3 AO1
EM
P14

PO1
PO1
P18

P9
P10
P16

P11
P15
P17

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

P7
P8
P12
P13

P6

P5

P4
1

1
1
1

1
1

DO1 DO2 EO1 EI/EM DE1 DE2 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 AI1 AI2 AI3 AO1
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 72/263
4 Indication and setting

4.5.2 Jumpers

Function Jumper Settings

name
Signal type for speed setpoint, SP D1 Upper position = voltage signal
Drive 1 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for speed setpoint, SP D2 Upper position = voltage signal
Drive 2 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI1 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 1 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI2 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 2 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI3 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 3 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI4 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 4 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI5 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 5 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI 6 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 6 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI7 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 7 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI8 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 8 Lower position = current signal
Signal type for configurable AI9 Upper position = voltage signal
analog input 9 Lower position = current signal
Switch level selector for pulse 1 P48 D = Differential pulse encoder
on Speed encoder 1 S = Single pulse encoder
Switch level selector for pulse 2 P49 D = Differential pulse encoder
on Speed encoder 1 S = Single pulse encoder
Switch level selector for pulse 1 P50 D = Differential pulse encoder
on Speed encoder 2 S = Single pulse encoder
Switch level selector for pulse 2 P51 D = Differential pulse encoder
on Speed encoder 2 S = Single pulse encoder

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 73/263
4 Indication and setting

4.5.3 Indicators

Function Indicator Note

name
Watchdog D1, red Normally off. Will be active by
(W-DOG) microprocessor watchdog error.
Digital output supply D170, green Normally on. Indicates supply to digital
(DO) outpus. Will be off by external short circuit
or by Machine stop.
Machine stop supply D171, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(EM) circuit
E-motor input supply D172, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(EI) circuit
Encoder supply 24V D173, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(DE) circuit
Digital input supply 1 D174, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(DI1) circuit
Digital input supply 2 D175, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(DI2) circuit
Analog input supply D176, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(AI) circuit
Encoder supply 12V D181, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
(DE 12V) circuit
+10V ref. voltage for D116, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
potentiometer (+10V) circuit
-10V ref. voltage for D117, green Normally on. Will be off by external short
potentiometer (-10V) circuit
CAN bus supply 24V D183, Green Normally on. Will be off by external short
circuit

4.5.4 Switches

Function Pot. Note

name
Machine stop shutdown SW1 Timer for backup Machine stop shutdown

Display type SW3-1 On = LCD display type (standard)

Off = VFD display type

Drive position on front panel SW3-2 On = Drive 1 left (standard)

Off = Drive 1 right

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 74/263
4 Indication and setting

4.5.5 Contacts

Function Contact Note

name
Display P24
Front keypad P22
Memory card P23
Spidercom connection P26 RS232
Memory programming port P27 JTAG connection
CPLD programming port P28 JTAG connection
Fieldbus card connection J1 Optional card

DC supply DC1
Pump output 1 PO1 4 pole contact
Pump output 2 PO2 4 pole contact
Pump output 3 PO3 4 pole contact
Pump output 4 PO4 4 pole contact
Digital output 1 DO1 14 pole contact
Digital output 2 DO2 12 pole contact
Electric motor output EO1 8 pole contact
Electric motor input EI/EM 8 pole contact
Machine stop input
Digital encoder 1 DE1 8 pole contact
Digital encoder 2 DE2 8 pole contact
Digital input 1 DI1 8 pole contact
Digital input 2 DI2 12 pole contact
Digital input 3 DI3 12 pole contact
Digital input 4 DI4 12 pole contact
Digital input 5 DI5 12 pole contact
Analog input 1 AI1 12 pole contact
Analog input 2 AI2 12 pole contact
Analog input 3 AI3 14 pole contact
Analog output 1 AO1 6 pole contact
Analog output 2 AO2 6 pole contact
Internal connection IC 6 pole contact
CAN bus 1 CA1 6 pole contact
CAN bus 2 CA2 6 pole contact

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 75/263
4 Indication and setting

4.5.6 Test points

Function Test Note

point
name
Reset TP1
Reference voltage 2.5V TP2 Output from regulator IC8
PWM active TP3
Backup em. stop timer TP4
Backup em. stop timer TP5
+14.5V Isolated analog TP6 Output from regulator IC46
-14.5V Isolated analog TP7 Output from regulator IC46
-7V Isolated analog TP8
+5V Isolated TP9 Output from regulator IC48
+5V Isolated TP10 Output from regulator IC48
Isolated analog reference TP11
Analog reference TP12
-5V Digital TP13 Output from regulator IC58
11.2V TP14
15V Analog 1,2 out supply TP15 Output from regulator IC69
5V Analog 1,2 out supply TP16 Output from regulator IC79
2.5V Analog 1,2 reference TP17 Output from regulator IC74
15V Analog 3,4 out supply TP18 Output from regulator IC70
5V Analog 3,4 out supply TP19 Output from regulator IC80
2.5V Analog 3,4 reference TP20 Output from regulator IC76
+5V Digital TP21 Output from regulator IC82
+3,3V Digital TP22 Output from regulator IC83
+5V TP23 Output from regulator IC82, L32

4.5.7 Logger connections

Function Test Note

point
name
Analog input 3 P40 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 4 P41 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 5 P42 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 6 P43 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 7 P44 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 8 P45 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Analog input 9 P46 Voltage connection, right pin ground
Tank temp P47 Voltage connection, left pin ground

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 76/263
4 Indication and setting

4.6 Power supply

24V OK

DC connection

Internal DC
fuse 2AF

Main fuse
resettable
Main fuse
4AF

Main switch

Spare
main fuse

Main connection

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 77/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7 Fieldbus card

4.7.1 Profibus

Main board connector

Profibus connector
Termination switch
D5

S1
ON
S3 S2
1 2
LED indicators
901 901
5 1 23

23
78

78
456 456
9 6 4 3

Address switches
[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Not used Not used Normal function

D2 On line Green Module is On-Line and ready, data

exchange is possible.

Off
Module is not On-Line.

D3 Off line Red Module is Off-Line.

Off Module is not Off-Line.

D4 Diagnostics Red flashing 1 Hz Configuration error. Data length.

Red flashing 2 Hz
Configuration error. User
parameters.
Red flashing 4 Hz
Initialisation error of the Profibus
communication ASIC.
Off
No error.

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 78/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Indicator Function Information
name
S1 Terminating switch On= Enabled (if first or last in a network)
Off= Disabled
S2 Node Address x1 for the node address setting

S3 Node Address x10 for the node address setting

[Link] Profibus connector (Female 9-pin D-sub)

Pin Function Information
Housing Shield Connected to PE
1 Not connected
2 Not connected
3 B-line Positive RxD/TxD
4 RTS Request to send*
5 GND Bus Isolated from RS485 side*
6 +5V Bus Isolated from RS485 side*
7 Not connected
8 A-line Negative RxD/TxD
9

* Used for bus termination in special cases. Normally only A-line, B-line and shield are used.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 79/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.2 Modbus RTU

Main board connector

D12

Modbus connector
Termination switch

S1
ON
S2 S3
1 2
LED indicators
5 1

9 6 4 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5

Interface
Parity switches
Baudrate switches
Node Address switches
[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Processing Green flashing Receiving Query and building
response.

No Query
Off
D2 Bus error Red Bus error

Off
Normal operation.
D3 Bus ready Red Module is Off-Line.

Off Module is not Off-Line.

D4 HW setting status Green Bus ready. Normal operation.

Red
Bus timeout error.
Off
Bus not initialized correctly.
D12 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 80/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Indicator Function Setting Information
name
S1 Terminating switch On Enabled (if first or last in a
network)

Off Disabled
S2: 1-7 Node Address Binary value:
Switch: 1234567
0000000 Not valid
0000001 1
0000010 2
0000011 3
… …
… …
1111111 127
S2: 8 Baud rate Binary value:
S3: 1-2 Switch: 812
000 Not valid
001 1200
010 2400
011 4800
100 9600
101 19200 (Default)
110 38400
111 57600
S3: 3-4 Parity Binary value:
Switch: 34
00 Not valid
01 None(Default)
10 Even
11 Odd
S3:5 Physical interface 0 = RS-485
1 = RS-232

[Link] Modbus connector (Female 9-pin D-sub)

Pin Function Information
Housing Shield Connected to PE
1 Not connected
2 RS232 - TX Transmit signal
3 RS232 – RX Recive signal
4 Not connected
5 GND Bus Signal ground
6 +5V Bus
7 RS485 D0
8 RS485 D1
9 Not connected

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 81/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.3 ControlNet

Main board connector LED indicator

5

Network Access Port

Controlnet Channel A
Controlnet Channel B

1 8
2 2 S1 S2
1 2
LED indicators
1 1 901 901

23

23
78

78
456 456
4 3

Address switches
Network Access port provides temporary access to the ControlNet network for diagnostics and
configuration.
Controlnet BNC contacts. If redundant operation is desired both contacts are used otherwise A or B is used

[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Module status Green Connection in run state

Connection idle
Green flashing
Major fault

Red Minor fault

Red flashing
D2, ChannelA and Off Module not initialized
channel A ChannelB
Red
Major fault
Alternating red/green
Self test
Red flashing
Node configuration error, duplicate
MAC ID etc.

D3, ChannelA or Off Channel disabled

channel B ChannelB
Green Normal operation of channel

Green flashing Temporary error (node will self

correct) or not configured

Red flashing No other nodes or media fault

Red & Green flashing Network configuration error

D4 Module owned Off No connection has been opened

Green A connection has been opened

towards the module

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 82/263
4 Indication and setting

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

[Link] Switches
Indicator Function Setting Information
name
S1 Node Address x10 for the node address Node Address
setting

S2 Node Address x1 for the node address Node Address

setting

[Link] Controlnet connector (BNC)

Pin Function Information
1 Controlnet Tip
2 Shield Ring

[Link] Network connector (RJ45)

Pin Function Information
1 GND
2 Not connected Transmit signal
3 Tx_H Transmit data, positive
4 Tx_L Transmit data, negative
5 Rx_L Recieve data, negative
6 Rx_H Recieve data, positive
7 Not connected
8 Shield Connected to PE

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 83/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.4 Ethernet/IP

Main board connector

Ethernet connector

LED indicator

1 8
5
1 2
LED indicators
4 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Node address switches

[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Link Activity Off Link not sensed

Link sensed
Green
D2 Module Status Off No power

Green
Controlled by scanner in run mode
Green, flashing
Not configured, or Scanner in idle
state
Red flashing
A minor recoverable fault has been
detected
Red
A major unrecoverable fault has
been detected
Alternating green/red
Self test in process
D3 Network Status Off No power or IP address

Green Online, one or more connections

established.
Green, flashing Online, no connections established

Red Duplicate IP address, fatal error

Red, flashing One or more connections timed out

Alterning Green/Red Self test in progress

D4 Activity Green, flashing Flashes each time a packet is
received or transmitted

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 84/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Switch name Function Setting
Node address IP address: 192.168.0.x Binary value:
(x = Binary value)

Gateway: [Link] 0000001 - [Link]

Subnet: [Link]
DHCP: OFF 0000011 - [Link]
…
1111111- [Link]

[Link] Ethernet connector (RJ45)

Pin Function Information
1 TD+
2 TD-
3 RD+
4 Termination
5 Termination
6 RD-
7 Termination
8 Termination

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 85/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.6 Profinet

Main board connector

Ethernet connector

LED indicator

1 8
5
1 2
LED indicators
4 3

[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Link (Acticity) Off No link
Receiving/Transmitting data
Green, flashing
Link established
Green
D2 Communication Off Off line
status
Green
Connection established and
controller in RUN state
Green 1 flash
Connection established and
controller in STOP state
D3 Module status Off No power or not initalized

Green Initialized, no error

Green 1 flash Diagnostic data available

Green 2 flashes Blink. Used by engineering tool to

identify module

Red 1 flash Configuration error

-Too many modules
-I/O size derived from controller
too large
-Configuration mismatch

Red 3 flashes No ststion address or IP address

assigned

Red 4 flashes Internal error

D4 Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 86/263
4 Indication and setting

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

[Link] Profinet connector (RJ45)

Pin Function Information
1 TD+
2 TD-
3 RD+
4 Termination
5 Termination
6 RD-
7 Termination
8 Termination

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 87/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.7 DeviceNet

Main board connector

5

Devicenet
connector

S2
1 2
LED indicators
1 2 3 4 5

4 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Mac ID switches
Baudrate switches
[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 Not used

D2 Network status Off Not powered/Not online

Green
Link OK, Online, Connected
Green flashing
On line, Not connected
Red steady
Critical link failure
Red flashing
Connection timeout

D3 Module status Off No power to device

Green Device operational

Green flashing Data size bigger than configured

Red steady Unrecoverable fault

Red flashing Minor fault

D4 Not used

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 88/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Baud rate:
Baud rate Sw1 Sw2 Information
125kbit/sec OFF OFF

250kbit/sec OFF ON

500kbit/sec ON OFF

Reserved ON ON

Node adress:
Mac ID Sw 3 Sw 4 Sw 5 Sw 6 Sw 7 Sw8
(MSB) (LSB)
0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF

1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON

2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF

3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON

… … … … … … …

62 ON ON ON ON ON OFF

63 ON ON ON ON ON ON

[Link] Devicenet connector (Pluggable screw type)

Pin Function Information
1 V- Negative supply (0VDC)
2 CAN_L CAN-L bus line
3 Shield Cable shield
4 CAN_H CAN-H bus line
5 V+ Positive supply (+24VDC)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 89/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.8 Modbus TCP

Main board connector

Ethernet connector

LED indicator

1 8
5
1 2
LED indicators
4 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Node address switches

[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
1 Link Activity Off Link not sensed

Link sensed
Green
2 Module Status Off No power

Green flashing 1Hz

IP address not set using switch
Red flashing 1Hz
Invalid MAC address
Red flashing 2Hz
Failed to load config. from FLASH
Red flashing 4Hz
Internal error (fatal)
Red
Duplicate IP address detected
3 Established Established connections to the
connections module is equal to the number of
flashes

4 Activity Green, flashing Flashes each time a packet is

received or transmitted

5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 90/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Switch name Function Setting
Node address IP address: 192.168.0.x Binary value:
(x = Binary value)

Gateway: [Link] 0000001 - [Link]

Subnet: [Link]
0000011 - [Link]
DHCP: OFF
…
1111111- [Link]

[Link] Modbus TCP connector (RJ45)

Pin Function Information
1 TD+
2 TD-
3 RD+
4 Normally left unused. Internally tied
5 Together and terminated to PE
6 RD-
7 Normally left unused. Internally tied
8 Together and terminated to PE

If customer IP address change is needed program “Anybus IPconfig” can be used for change.
Procedure:
 Set all node address switches off
 Open PIconfig program
 Set DCHF off
 Set new IP address
 Press Set button

For additional information, see Spider Fieldbus Tester users manual

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 91/263
4 Indication and setting

4.7.9 CC-link

Main board connector

CC-link connector

5
S1 S3 S2
1 2
LED indicators
1 2 3 4 5 901 901 901
23

23

23
78

78

78
456 456 456
4 3

Address switches
Baud rate switch
[Link] Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D1 RUN On Normal operation
No network connection or Timeout
Off

D2 ERRL Red CRC error detected

Illegal station number
Illegal baudrate
Off
Normal operation

D3 RDLED Green Data being received

Off No data reception

D4 SDLED Green Data being transmitted

Off
No data transmission

D5 Watchdog Green flashing 1Hz Initialized and running OK.

Green flashing 2Hz Not initialised.

Red Unspecified internal error or running

in bootloader mode.

Red flashing 1 Hz RAM failure.

Red flashing 2 Hz ASIC or FLASH failure.

Red flashing 4 Hz DPRAM failure.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 92/263
4 Indication and setting

[Link] Switches
Indicator Function Information
name
S1 Baud rate switch 0 = 156k
1 = 625k
2 = 2,5M
3 = 5M
4 = 10M
9 = FB_INIT

S2 Node Address x1 for the node address setting

S3 Node Address x10 for the node address setting

[Link] CC-link connector (Pluggable screw type)

Pin Function Information
1 DA Communication line
2 DB Communication line
3 DG Digital ground
4 Shield
5 FG/PE Frame ground

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 93/263
4 Indication and setting

4.8 RMS card

Please note that this card is obsolete and discontinued. Contact Bosch Rexroth Mellansel for alternative solution,
SpiderLink.

SIM card

S3

3 2 1 0

Battery control
LED indicator
D1

Sensor connections
Serial interface

Supply
4.8.1 Indicators

Indicator Function Information

name
D1 Green Normal function
Red No communication with the modem or
SIM card
Blink each 4 sec Logging in action
Blink each 8 sec No logging in action
2 green blink followed by 2 red Program reset
blink after 4 sec

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 94/263
4 Indication and setting

4.9 LIC Unit

The LIC unit handles the communication in-between the Spider base box and the new separate Control panel
module, the LIU. LIC is short for Local Interface Card and LIU is short for Local Interface Unit.

CAN input connector

Display connector

CAN output connector

D7
1 2
ON
SW1 D6
OFF
Keyboard connector (Lower row)
Indicator connector (Upper row)

A B

.4.9.1 Indicators
Indicator Description Function Information
name
D6 Power Green Normal operation, Power OK

D7 Operate Green 2Hz Normal operation

4.9.2 Switches
Indicator Function Information
name
SW1-1 Drive selection On = One LIC card is used (Jumpered
contact must be connected in CAN output
connector)
Off = Card used for drive 2

SW1-2 Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 95/263
4 Indication and setting

4.10 Error codes

4.10.1 Program start
WARNING EEPROM READING FAILED
This error message indicates that the Spider software can't read saved parameter values from the memory
card. This error can occur if : No memory card connected, memory card defect or wrongly mounted or the
information on the memorycard is corrupt. Spider software will start with default values on parameters.
WARNING WRONG EEPROM VERSION
This error message indicates that the Spider software can't use the parameter values that's stored on
the memorycard because the parameter format stored on the memorycard not is compatible with the Spider
software used. Spider software will start with default values on parameters.
WARNING WRONG CPLD VERSION
This error message indicates that the Spider software version used not is compatible with the software
version in the CPLD (Complex Programmable Logic Device). The CPLD is used for digital in and outputs,
counters, display and Anybus. The Spider will work in an unpredictable way.
WARNING LOG INIT ERROR
This error message indicates that the Spider software can't read the real time clock, saved alarms, warnings,
drive times or setpoints from the memory card. These functions will not work.
This error can occur if no memory card is connected, memory card is defect or wrongly mounted or the
information on the memorycard is corrupt.
The information will also show with a system where the parameters have not been set (first power-on).
WARNING 3D-LOG INIT ERROR
This error message indicates that the Spider software can't read the 3D-log on the memorycard.
The 3D -log function will not function. This error can occur if no memorycard is connected, memory card is
defect or wrongly mounted or the information on the memorycard is corrupt.
The information will also show with a system where the parameters have not been set (first power-on).
WARNING NO SERIAL NUMBER
This error message indicates that the system serial number not is set with parameter NUM under
Log function – Serial number. This number is used in the naming of the parameter file from SpiderCom.
WARNING NON COMPATIBLE MEM-C
This error message indicates that the system can’t read the memory card.
The memory card is not connected, is of wrong type or is faulty.
WARNING COMMUNICATION TO LIC
This error message indicates that the system can’t communicate with the Local Interface Card.

4.10.2 Hardware monitoring

HW ERROR, FC 1
This test is to verify that the delay for electric motor interlock set in hardware with SW1 matches the
delay set in the Spider parameters (for electric motor interlock). If Machine stop is actuated the relays in the
hardware will open after set time 2-32 sec. (in 2 sec. steps). If this test not performes within the
below shown limits, the error message ”HW ERROR, FC 1” will be displayed.
The test is performed upon system start up.

HW delay < SW delay Software stops

HW delay > Only Warning, press a button for OK.

SW delay + 4s
HW delay > Software stops
SW delay + 5s

When the software stops both Hardware(M) time and Software(S) time is displayed in 1/10 sec so that
the times can be verified/corrected.

HW ERROR, FC 2
This test is to verify that the relay that feeds the PWM-outputs opens. If Machine stop is actuated
the Spider hardware for Machine stop open this relay. This test is performed when all e-motors are
stopped. If the relay doesn't open on this test, error message ”HW ERROR, FC 2” is displayed and
the software stops.

HW ERROR, FC 3
This test is to verify that the electric motor interlock relays opens. When electric motor interlock is
OK the relay is closed and open when interlock not is OK. If the relay not opens, error message ”HW

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 96/263
4 Indication and setting

ERROR, FC 3” is displayed and the software stops. This test is performed at power on and once when all
electric motors are stopped.

HW ERROR, FC 4
Watchdog indication should not be acived during normal program execution. If it happens during normal
program execution, error message ”HW ERROR, FC 4” is displayed and the software stops. This test is
performed continiously.

HW ERROR, FC 5
If measured current is 50% greater than max configured current a shortcircuit is assumed,
error message ”HW ERROR, FC 5” is displayed and the software stops. This test is performed continiously.

4.10.3 Software monitoring

WATCHDOG TIMEOUT
If the software halts or executes incorrect in that way that the control loop or the user interface loop
can't execute within set time limits, error message ”WATCDOG TIMEOUT” is displayed and the software
stops. Program address where the execution stopped is also displayed.

OUTPUT ERROR Px
If the measured pump current deviates more then the setting in parameter PMx13 from the procentual value
of the set current between min and max current (Pox01-04) the output will be cut off. Function can be
bypassed with parameter PMx12 set off.

4.10.4 Bus
BUS FAIL
Anybus function is selected but the communication does not function. This error is likely to occur if the bus
cable not is connected.

BUS HW FAIL
Anybus function is selected but the hardware is not functioning. This error is likely to occur if the bus module
is missing or defect.

4.11 Text settings

Indicating texts in Aux functions, AMx04 can be set via front panel or SpiderCom.
Serial number in drive log must be set via front panel.
The text characters are scrolled with ▲ or ▼buttons and selected with Enter button at the front panel. If the
button is tapped the characters will change one character at the time. If it is pressed during scroll the
character will stopped at fixed positions.

Character sequence:
VFD:

▼ ▼ ▼ (stop points with pressed button are 0, A and a, scroll direction←)

To end..01..89:;<=>[email protected][¥]^_´ab..yz{|}→← ÄvÅÖßü♪CF▼►◄▲blank!”#$%&’()*+,-./ to beginning

▲ ▲ ▲(stop points with pressed button are 9, Z and z, scroll direction→)

LCD:

▼ ▼ ▼ (stop points with pressed button are 0, A and a, scroll direction←)

To end..01..89:;<=>[email protected][¥]^_´ab..yz{|}→← ÄvÅÖßü blank!”#$%&’()*+,-./ to beginning

▲ ▲ ▲(stop points with pressed button are 9, Z and z, scroll direction→)

Japanese and special characters

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 97/263
5 Parameters

5 Parameters
5.1 Parameter tree
Overview of configurable parameters.
Log readings Drive 1 Alarm
Warning
Time in use
Drive 2 Alarm
Warning
Time in use

Drive Monitor (138) Start interlock DMA

Drive 1 DMB
Setup Password MAin settings (99) Function MAA Drive 2 DMC
Configuration MAB Emotor interlock DMD
Language MAC Drain temp DME
Protection MAD Compare calc DMF
Compare display DMG
Pump Outputs (102) Pump 1 POA [Link] Monitor (141) Temp limit HMA
Pump 2 POB Drive connection HMB
Contrast Pump 3 POC
Pump 4 POD Drive Logic (142) Digital block 1 DLA
Friction POE Digital block 2 DLB
Ramp POF Digital block 3 DLC
Digital block 4 DLD
Digital Inputs (104) DIN
Digital block 5 DLE
Digital Outputs (108) Digital out 1 DOA Digital block 6 DLF
HW Calibration Digital out 2 DOB Digital block 7 DLG
Digital out 3 DOC Digital block 8 DLH
Digital out 4 DOD Digital block 9 DLI
Digital out 5 DOE Digital block 10 DLJ
Digital out 6 DOF Digital block 11 DLK
Digital out 7 DOG Digital block 12 DLL
Digital out 8 DOH
Spider link Digital out 9 DOI
Value Threshold (146) Analog block 1 VTA
Digital out 10 DOJ
Analog block 2 VTB
Digital out 11 DOK
Analog block 3 VTC
Digital out 12 DOL
Analog block 4 VTD
Digital out 13 DOM Analog block 5 VTE
Pulse Inputs (115) Drive 0(Common) P0I Analog block 6 VTF
Drive 1 P1I Analog block 7 VTG
Drive 2 P2I Analog block 8 VTH
Analog Inputs (116) Setpoint 1 AIA
Setpoint 2 AIB Drive 1 basic (148) Setpoint D1A
Analog in 1 AIF Ramp D1C
Analog in 2 AIG Regulator D1D
Analog in 3 AIH Feedback D1E
Analog in 4 AII Power limitation D1F
Analog in 5 AIJ Brake D1G
Analog in 6 AIK
Analog in 7 AIL Drive 2 basic (150) Setpoint D2A
Analog in 8 Ramp D2C
AIM
Analog in 9 Regulator D2D
AIN
Tank temp AIP Feedback D2E
Power limitation D2F
Power limit AIR
Brake D2G
Analog Outputs (123) Analog out 1 AOA
SHredder 1 (152) Function SHA
Analog out 2 AOB
Analog out 3 AOC Setpoint SHB
Counter SHC
Analog out 4 AOD
Bus (125) Type&Function BTF SHredder 2 (153) Function SHG
Digital in BDI Setpoint SHH
Analog in 1 BAA Counter SHI
Analog in 2 BAB
Analog in 3 SYnchro (154) Function SYA
BAC
Analog in 4 Drive 1 reset SYB
BAD
Analog in 5 Drive 2 setpoint SYC
BAE
Analog in 6 BAF Drive 2 indication SYD
Analog in 7 BAG Drive 2 reset SYE
Analog in 8 BAH Master setpoint SYF
Analog in 9 Drive 1 setpoint SYG
BAI
Analog in 10 Position indicator SYH
BAJ
Analog out BAK PRessure 1 (156) Function PRA
Pump Monitor (131) Pump 1 PMA [Link] PRB
Pump 2 PMB Regulator PRC
Pump 3 PMC PRessure 2 (157) Function PRG
Pump 4 PMD [Link] PRH
Tank Monitor (133) Digital TMA Regulator PRI
Analog temp TMB Reading 1 (158) Scroll menu R1A
Analog level TMC Left upper R1B
Right upper R1C
Aux Monitor (134) Aux 1 AMA Left lower R1D
Aux 2 AMB Right lower R1E
Aux 3 AMC
Aux 4 AMD Reading 2 (159) Scroll menu R2A
Aux 5 AME Left upper R2B
Aux 6 AMF Right upper R2C
Aux 7 AMG Left lower R2D
Aux 8 AMH Right lower R2E
Aux 9 AMI
Aux 10 AMJ SPaRe(161) Spare functions SPR
Aux 11 AMK
Aux 12 AML
Aux 13 Drive log (161z) Password Time Zone
AMM
Aux 14 Time/Date
AMN
Aux 15 Serial number
AMO
Aux 16 AMP Log 1
Aux 17 Log 2
AMQ
Aux 18 AMR Log 3
Aux 19 Log 4
AMS
Aux 20 Log 5
AMT
Log 6
Log 7
Log 8
Reset time

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 98/263
5 Parameters

5.2 Configurable Parameters

Parameter change active
S – With both drives stopped
S1, S2 – With drive 1 or 2 stopped
5.2.1 Main settings A – Always changeable

Main settings-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

MAA01 System function S

BASIC = Monitor and Basic function BASIC BASIC
SHREDDER = Shredder function SHREDDER
SYNCHRO = Synchro and Friction SYNCHRO
function
MAA02 System sampling frequency 10Hz 10Hz S
20Hz
50Hz
100Hz
MAA03 Processor overload limit 1% 80% 50% 100% S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 99/263
5 Parameters

Main settings-Configuration
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

MAB01 E-motor connection for Pump 1 E-motor 1 E-motor 1 S

E-motor 2
E-motor 3
off
MAB02 E-motor connection for Pump 2 E-motor 1 S
E-motor 2
E-motor 3 off
off
MAB03 E-motor connection for Pump 3 E-motor 1 S
E-motor 2
E-motor 3 off
off
MAB04 E-motor connection for Pump 4 E-motor 1 S
E-motor 2
E-motor 3 off
off
MAB05 Drive connection for Pump 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off
MAB06 Drive connection for Pump 2 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off
MAB07 Drive connection for Pump 3 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off
MAB08 Drive connection for Pump 4 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off
MAB09 Separate= One drive or two separate Separate Separate S
drives
Common= Two drives with common Common
function
MAB10 Shutdown ramp time 1sec 0sec 0sec 20sec S
MAB11 Machine stop memory bypass on/off off S
MAB13 Charge pump Drive 1 Internal Internal S
External
MAB14 Charge pump Drive 2 Internal Internal S
External
MAB15 Function at CAN communication drop Alarm S
Interlock Interlock
Warning

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 100/263
5 Parameters

Main settings-Language
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

MAC01 Display language selection English English A

German
French
Spanish
Portuguese
Italian
Japanese
Dutch
Finnish
Swedish
Short
Chinese

Main settings-Protection
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

MAD01 Security code for set up menu yes/no no A

MAD02 Security code change* AB12 CODE S
*characters changed with  and  buttons and selected with button.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 101/263
5 Parameters

5.2.2 Pump outputs

Pump outputs-Pump1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POA01 Forward min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S

POA02 Forward max current 1mA (POA01) (POA01) 2000 A
POA03 Reverse min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S
POA04 Reverse max current 1mA (POA03) (POA03) 2000 A
POA05 Coil resistance 1ohm 40 5 100 S
POA06 PWM frequency 100Hz 200 100 2000 S
POA07 Dither amplitude 1mA 200 0 2000 A
POA08 Dither frequency 10Hz 200 50 400 S

Pump outputs-Pump2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POB01 Forward min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S

POB02 Forward max current 1mA (POB01) (POB01) 2000 A
POB03 Reverse min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S
POB04 Reverse max current 1mA (POB03) (POB03) 2000 A
POB05 Coil resistance 1ohm 40 5 100 S
POB06 PWM frequency 100Hz 200 100 2000 S
POB07 Dither amplitude 1mA 200 0 2000 A
POB08 Dither frequency 10Hz 200 50 400 S

Pump outputs-Pump3
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POC01 Forward min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S

POC02 Forward max current 1mA (POC01) (POC01) 2000 A
POC03 Reverse min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S
POC04 Reverse max current 1mA (POC03) (POC03) 2000 A
POC05 Coil resistance 1ohm 40 5 100 S
POC06 PWM frequency 100Hz 200 100 2000 S
POC07 Dither amplitude 1mA 200 0 2000 A
POC08 Dither frequency 10Hz 200 50 400 S

Pump outputs-Pump4
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POD01 Forward min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S

POD02 Forward max current 1mA (POD01) (POD01) 2000 A
POD03 Reverse min current 1mA 0 0 1000 S
POD04 Reverse max current 1mA (POD03) (POD03) 2000 A
POD05 Coil resistance 1ohm 40 5 100 S
POD06 PWM frequency 100Hz 200 100 2000 S
POD07 Dither amplitude 1mA 200 0 2000 A
POD08 Dither frequency 10Hz 200 50 400 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 102/263
5 Parameters

Pump outputs-Friction
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POE01 Pump friction: 0, 3, 4 0 S

0=off, 3=Pump 3, 4=Pump 4
POE02 Pump low friction limit 1% 0 0 300 S
POE03 Pump high friction limit 1% 200 0 300 S
POE04 Friction up ramp time 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
POE05 Friction down ramp time 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S

Pump outputs-Ramp
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

POF01 Ramp up pump (only active when 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
digital input PxOFF is selected)
POF02 Ramp down pump (only active when 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
digital input PxOFF is selected)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 103/263
5 Parameters

5.2.3 Digital inputs

Digital Inputs
Switch Description Type Default Change
active

DIN01 Digital input 1, terminal DI1-3 *a 08 MAX TEMP S

DIN02 Digital input 2, terminal DI1-4 *a 08 HI TEMP S
DIN03 Digital input 3, terminal DI1-5 *a 08 MIN TEMP S
DIN04 Digital input 4, terminal DI1-6 *a 07 MN LEVEL S
DIN05 Digital input 5, terminal DI1-7 *a 07 LO LEVEL S
DIN06 Digital input 6, terminal DI1-8 *a 06 DRF 100 S
DIN07 Digital input 7, terminal DI2-4 *a 06 RF 100P1 S
DIN08 Digital input 8, terminal DI2-5 *a 05 SUCTION1 S
DIN09 Digital input 9, terminal DI2-6 *a 03 C PRB P1 S
DIN10 Digital input 10, terminal DI2-7 *a 01 H APR P1 S
DIN11 Digital input 11, terminal DI2-8 *a 06 RF 100P2 S
DIN12 Digital input 12, terminal DI2-9 *a 05 SUCTION2 S
DIN13 Digital input 13, terminal DI2-10 *a 03 C PRB P2 S
DIN14 Digital input 14, terminal DI2-11 *a 01 H APR P2 S
DIN15 Digital input 15, terminal DI2-12 *a off S
DIN16 Digital input 16, terminal DI3-4 *a 06 RF 100P3 S
DIN17 Digital input 17, terminal DI3-5 *a 05 SUCTION3 S
DIN18 Digital input 18, terminal DI3-6 *a 03 C PRB P3 S
DIN19 Digital input 19, terminal DI3-7 *a 01 H APR P3 S
DIN20 Digital input 20, terminal DI3-8 *a 06 RF 100P4 S
DIN21 Digital input 21, terminal DI3-9 *a 05 SUCTION4 S
DIN22 Digital input 22, terminal DI3-10 *a 03 C PRB P4 S
DIN23 Digital input 23, terminal DI3-11 *a 01 H APR P4 S
DIN24 Digital input 24, terminal DI3-12 *a off S
DIN25 Digital input 25, terminal DI4-4 *a off S
DIN26 Digital input 26, terminal DI4-5 *a off S
DIN27 Digital input 27, terminal DI4-6 *a off S
DIN28 Digital input 28, terminal DI4-7 *a off S
DIN29 Digital input 29, terminal DI4-8 *a off S
DIN30 Digital input 30, terminal DI4-9 *a off S
DIN31 Digital input 31, terminal DI4-10 *a off S
DIN32 Digital input 32, terminal DI4-11 *a off S
DIN33 Digital input 33, terminal DI4-12 *a off S
DIN34 Digital input 34, terminal DI5-3 *a off S
DIN35 Digital input 35, terminal DI5-4 *a off S
DIN36 Digital input 36, terminal DI5-5 *a off S
DIN37 Digital input 37, terminal DI5-6 *a off S
DIN38 Digital input 38, terminal DI5-7 *a off S
DIN39 Digital input 39, terminal DI5-8 *a off S
DIN40 Digital input 40, terminal DI5-9 *a off S
DIN41 Digital input 41, terminal DI5-10 *a off S
DIN42 Digital input 42, terminal DI5-11 *a off S
DIN43 Digital input 43, terminal DI5-12 *a off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 104/263
5 Parameters

*a Possible digital input function settings:

01 H APR P1 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 1
01 H BPR P1 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 1
01 H APR P2 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 2
01 H BPR P2 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 2
01 H APR P3 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 3
01 H BPR P3 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 3
01 H APR P4 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 4
01 H BPR P4 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 4
02 H APR D1 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1
02 H BPR D1 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1
02 H APR D2 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 2
02 H BPR D2 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 2
02 H APR 12 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1 and 2
02 H BPR 12 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1 and 2

03 C PRA P1 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 1

03 C PRB P1 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 1
03 C PRA P2 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 2
03 C PRB P2 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 2
03 C PRA P3 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 3
03 C PRB P3 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 3
03 C PRA P4 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 4
03 C PRB P4 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 4

04 C PRA D1 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1

04 C PRB D1 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1
04 C PRA D2 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for drive 2
04 C PRB D2 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for drive 2

05 SUCTION1 Suction line monitor for pump 1

05 SUCTION2 Suction line monitor for pump 2
05 SUCTION3 Suction line monitor for pump 3
05 SUCTION4 Suction line monitor for pump 4
05 ACC A P1 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side pump 1
05 ACC B P1 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side pump 1
05 ACC A P2 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side pump 2
05 ACC B P2 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side pump 2
05 ACC A P3 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side pump 3
05 ACC B P3 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side pump 3
05 ACC A P4 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side pump 4
05 ACC B P4 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side pump 4
05 ACC A D1 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side drive 1
05 ACC B D1 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side drive 1
05 ACC A D2 Monitor of accumulator pressure A-side drive 2
05 ACC B D2 Monitor of accumulator pressure B-side drive 2

06 RF 75P1 Monitor of return filter for pump 1 clogged to 3/4

06 RF 100P1 Monitor of return filter for pump 1 fully clogged
06 CF 75P1 Monitor of charge filter for pump 1 clogged to 3/4
06 CF 100P1 Monitor of charge filter for pump 1 fully clogged
06 RF 75P2 Monitor of return filter for pump 2 clogged to 3/4
06 RF 100P2 Monitor of return filter for pump 2 fully clogged
06 CF 75P2 Monitor of charge filter for pump 2 clogged to 3/4
06 CF 100P2 Monitor of charge filter for pump 2 fully clogged
06 RF 75P3 Monitor of return filter for pump 3 clogged to 3/4
06 RF 100P3 Monitor of return filter for pump 3 fully clogged
06 CF 75P3 Monitor of charge filter for pump 3 clogged to 3/4
06 CF 100P3 Monitor of charge filter for pump 3 fully clogged
06 RF 75P4 Monitor of return filter for pump 4 clogged to 3/4
06 RF 100P4 Monitor of return filter for pump 4 fully clogged
06 CF 75P4 Monitor of charge filter for pump 4 clogged to 3/4
06 CF 100P4 Monitor of charge filter for pump 4 fully clogged
06 DF1 75 Monitor of drain filter 1 clogged to 3/4
06 DF1 100 Monitor of drain filter 1 fully clogged
06 DF2 75 Monitor of drain filter 2 clogged to 3/4
06 DF2 100 Monitor of drain filter 2 fully clogged

06 AUXF 75 Monitor of auxiliary filter clogged to 3/4

06 AUXF 100 Monitor of auxiliary filter fully clogged
06 F TEMP Interlock of filter warning inputs

07 LO LEVEL Low oil level monitor for tank

07 MN LEVEL Min oil level monitor for tank

08 MAX TEMP Max oil temp monitor for tank

08 HI TEMP High oil temp monitor for tank
08 MIN TEMP Low oil temp monitor for tank

09 ALARM R Remote reset of alarms and warnings

09 BUS R Reset of alarms and warnings via bus
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 105/263
5 Parameters

09 BUS 1 Switching to Bus command signals, Drive 1

09 BUS 2 Switching to Bus command signals, Drive 2
09 BUS M Switching to Bus command signal, External master
09 LAMPTEST Lamptest for selected digital outputs
09 EMSTOP Machine stop without hardware shutdown

10 SHR A D1 Shredder forward stop, Drive 1

10 SHR B D1 Shredder reverse stop, Drive 1
10 SHR A D2 Shredder forward stop, Drive 2
10 SHR B D2 Shredder reverse stop, Drive 2
10 SHR 1+2A Shredder forward stop, Drive 1 and 2
10 SHR 1+2B Shredder forward stop, Drive 1 and 2
10 INTERV1 Interval control of shredder, Drive 1
10 INTERV2 Interval control of shredder, Drive 2
10 SH RES 1 External reset of Shredder blocked function, Drive 1
10 SH RES 2 External reset of Shredder blocked function, Drive 2
10 SH RES12 External reset of Shredder blocked function, Drive 1 and 2

11 PL1 Activate power limitation for Drive 1

11 PL2 Activate power limitation for Drive 2
11 P1OFF Ramp down pump 1
11 P2OFF Ramp down pump 2
11 P3OFF Ramp down pump 3
11 P4OFF Ramp down pump 4

12 RES EN 1 External enable of counter reset in Synchro mode, Drive 1

12 RES EN2 External enable of counter reset in Synchro mode, Drive 2
12 FRICTION Friction drive in Synchro counter mode
12 INV M Inverting of master speed command in Synchro mode, Drive 1

13 AUX 1 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 1

13 AUX 2 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 2
13 AUX 3 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 3
13 AUX 4 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 4
13 AUX 5 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 5
13 AUX 6 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 6
13 AUX 7 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 7
13 AUX 8 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 8
13 AUX 9 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 9
13 AUX 10 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 10
13 AUX 11 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 11
13 AUX 12 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 12
13 AUX 13 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 13
13 AUX 14 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 14
13 AUX 15 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 15
13 AUX 16 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 16
13 AUX 17 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 17
13 AUX 18 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 18
13 AUX 19 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 19
13 AUX 20 Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input 20

14 START 1 Drive start in Remote mode, Drive 1

14 START 2 Drive start in Remote mode, Drive 2
14 START 12 Drive start in Remote mode, Drive 1 and Drive 2
14 L START1 Drive start in Local mode, Drive 1 NOTE1
14 L STOP1 Drive stop in Local mode, Drive 1 NOTE1
14 L START2 Drive start in Local mode, Drive 2 NOTE1
14 L STOP2 Drive stop in Local mode, Drive 2 NOTE1

15 FIXED 1A Drive with fixed speed A, Drive 1

15 FIXED 1B Drive with fixed speed B, Drive 1
15 FIXED 1C Drive with fixed speed C, Drive 1
15 FIXED 1D Drive with fixed speed D, Drive 1
15 FIXED 2A Drive with fixed speed A, Drive 2
15 FIXED 2B Drive with fixed speed B, Drive 2
15 FIXED 2C Drive with fixed speed C, Drive 2
15 FIXED 2D Drive with fixed speed D, Drive 2
15 FIX 1+2A Drive with fixed speed A, Drive 1 and Drive 2
15 FIX 1+2B Drive with fixed speed B, Drive 1 and Drive 2
15 L REV 1 Local Reverse drive with fixed speed, Drive 1 or local reverse drive in manual mode, Shredder Drive 1
15 L FORW 1 Local forward drive in manual mode, Shredder Drive 1
15 L REV 2 Local Reverse drive with fixed speed, Drive 2 or local reverse drive in manual mode, Shredder Drive 2
15 L FORW 2 Local forward drive in manual mode, Shredder Drive 2
15 INV 1 Reverse with inverted command at unidirectional command, Drive 1
15 INV 2 Reverse with inverted command at unidirectional command, Drive 2
15 RAMP1OFF Bypass of ramp, Drive 1
15 RAMP2OFF Bypass of ramp, Drive 2

16 SP UP1 Increase set point in Local mode, Drive 1

16 SP DN1 Decrease set point in Local mode, Drive 1
16 SP UP2 Increase set point in Local mode, Drive 2

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 106/263
5 Parameters

16 SP DN2 Decrease set point in Local mode, Drive 2

16 SP RES1 Reset of set point in Local mode, Drive 1
16 SP RES2 Reset of set point in Local mode, Drive 2
16 REM 1 Activated input = remote mode Drive 1, Open input = local mode
16 REM 2 Activated input = remote mode Drive 2, Open input = local mode
16 REM 1+2 Activated input = remote mode Drive 1 and 2, Open input = local mode

17 AUTO 1 Activated input = auto mode Drive 1, Open input = manual mode
17 AUTO 2 Activated input = auto mode Drive 2, Open input = manual mode
17 AUTO 1+2 Activated input = auto mode Drive 1 and 2, Open input = manual mode

18 REG 1 Activated input = Closed loop speed feedback active Drive 1, Open input = Open loop
18 REG 2 Activated input = Closed loop speed feedback active Drive 2, Open input = Open loop
18 REG 1+2 Activated input = Closed loop speed feedback active Drive 1+2, Open input = Open loop
18 ERR1 RES External reset of Error too large function, Drive 1
18 ERR2 RES External reset of Error too large function, Drive 2
18 ERR1+2 R External reset of Error too large function, Drive 1 and 2

19 EMOTOR 1 High temp electric motor 1 monitor function

19 EMOTOR 2 High temp electric motor 2 monitor function
19 EMOTOR 3 High temp electric motor 3 monitor function
19 AUX ST Start Electric motor for auxiliary pump
19 FLUSH ON Electric motor for flush pump started
19 C PUMPD1 Charge pump for drive1 started
19 C PUMPD2 Charge pump for drive 2 started
19 SUCT AUX Suction line for auxiliary pump
19 AUX EMOT High temp auxiliary electric motor monitor function
19 BRAKE1OP Brake opened for drive 1
19 BRAKE2OP Brake opened for drive 2
19 EM1START Electric motor 1 started
19 EM2START Electric motor 2 started
19 EM3START Electric motor 3 started

20 PR REM 1 Switching between local and remote pressure setpoint, drive 1

20 PR REM 2 Switching between local and remote pressure setpoint, drive 2
20 PR HI 1 Force pressure output to high level, drive 1
20 PR LO 1 Force pressure output to low level, drive 1
20 PR ON 1 Switch on pressure regulator, drive 1
20 PR HI 2 Force pressure output to high level, drive 2
20 PR LO 2 Force pressure output to low level, drive 2
20 PR ON 2 Switch on pressure regulator, drive 2

21 MEM01..24 Set Memory cell

off Not used

off/used Input used internally or for digital output
NOTE1
The input will be active for drive start/stop in:
* local mode
* in remote mode if a digital input not is used for start

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 107/263
5 Parameters

5.2.4 Digital outputs

Digital Outputs -Digital out 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOA01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:3-4
DOA02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOA03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOA04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOA05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 2

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOB01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:5-6
DOB02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOB03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOB04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOB05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOC01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:7-8
DOC02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOC03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOC04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOC05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 108/263
5 Parameters

Digital Outputs -Digital out 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOD01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:9-10
DOD02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOD03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOD04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOD05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 5

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOE01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:11-12
DOE02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOE03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOE04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOE05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 6

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOF01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO1:13-14
DOF02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOF03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOF04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOF05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 109/263
5 Parameters

Digital Outputs -Digital out 7

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOG01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:3-4
DOG02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOG03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOG04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOG05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 8

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOH01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:5-6
DOH02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOH03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOH04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOH05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 9

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOI01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:7-8
DOI02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOI03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOI04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOI05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 110/263
5 Parameters

Digital Outputs -Digital out 10

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOJ01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:9-10
DOJ02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOJ03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOJ04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOJ05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 11

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOK01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:11-12
DOK02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOK03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOK04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOK05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

Digital Outputs -Digital out 12

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOL01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:11-13
DOL02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOL03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOL04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOL05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 111/263
5 Parameters

Digital Outputs -Digital out 13

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DOM01 Digital output function, *a off S

terminal DO2:11-14
DOM02 Inverted function yes/no no S
DOM03 Delay time for digital output 0,1sec 5,0 0,0 60,0 S
DOM04 Delay function for output S
ON=On delay ON
OFF=Off delay OFF
ONOFF= Delay both on and off ONOFF
PULSE=Output changes during delay PULSE
time NO NO
NO=No delay
DOM05 Connected for lamptest yes/no no S

*a Possible function settings:

01 A1 Alarm, Drive 1
01 A2 Alarm, Drive 2
01 A1+A2 Alarm, Drive 1 or Drive2
01 W 1 Warning, Drive 1
01 W 2 Warning, Drive 2
01 W1+W2 Warning, Drive 1 or Drive 2
01 INT 1 Interlock, Drive 1
01 INT 2 Interlock, Drive 2
01 INT 1+2 Interlock, Drive 1 or Drive 2
01 D1 Disable, Drive 1
01 D2 Disable, Drive 2
01 D1+D2 Disable, Drive 1 or Drive 2

02 START 1 Drive 1 started

02 START 2 Drive 2 started
02 START1+2 Drive 1 or Drive 2 started
02 START1*2 Drive 1 and Drive 2 started

03 READY 1 Ready to use, Drive1 (also to be used for Fail safe valve, Drive 1)
03 READY 2 Ready to use, Drive2 (also to be used for Fail safe valve, Drive 2)
03 READY1+2 Drive 1 or Drive 2 ready
03 READY1*2 Drive 1 and Drive 2 ready

04 REMOTE 1 Drive 1 in remote mode

04 REMOTE 2 Drive 2 in remote mode
04 BUS 1 Drive 1 in bus mode
04 BUS 2 Drive 2 in bus mode
04 BUS M Extermal synchro master in bus mode

05 AUTO 1 Drive 1 in automatic mode (Shredder)

05 AUTO 2 Drive 2 in automatic mode (Shredder)
05 REG 1 Drive 1 in regulated mode (Basic and Synchro)
05 REG 2 Drive 2 in regulated mode (Basic and Synchro)

06 PLIM 1 Power limit active, Drive 1

06 PLIM 2 Power limit active, Drive 2
06 PLIM 1+2 Power limit active, Drive 1 or Drive 2
06 PLIM Power limit active
06 P10FF Pump 1 downramped
06 P20FF Pump 2 downramped
06 P30FF Pump 3 downramped
06 P40FF Pump 4 downramped

07 FORW 1 Drive 1 running forward (positive command signal)

07 REV 1 Drive 1 running reverse (negative command signal)
07 FORW 2 Drive 2 running forward (positive command signal)
07 REV 2 Drive 2 running reverse (negative command signal)

08 C ZERO Indication for found zero position in Synchro counter function (synchro activated)
08 SYNCHRO Synchro within limits set in parameter SYD01

09 AOUT 1- Selected register reading for analogue output 1 has negative sign
09 AOUT 2- Selected register reading for analogue output 2 has negative sign
09 AOUT 3- Selected register reading for analogue output 3 has negative sign
09 AOUT 4- Selected register reading for analogue output 4 has negative sign

10 EMOT D1 Electric motor(s) for drive 1 started

10 EMOT D2 Electric motor(s) for drive 2 started
10 EMOTD1+2 Electric motor(s) for drive 1 or 2 started
10 EMOTD1*2 Electric motor(s) for drive 1 and 2 started
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 112/263
5 Parameters

10 EMOTOR 1 Electric motor 1 started

10 EMOTOR 2 Electric motor 2 started
10 EMOTOR 3 Electric motor 3 started
10 EM INT1 Electric motor 1 interlock (not monitored contact)
10 EM INT2 Electric motor 2 interlock (not monitored contact)
10 EM INT3 Electric motor 3 interlock (not monitored contact)
10 CP INT1 Charge pump motor interlock, drive 1 (not monitored contact)
10 CP INT2 Charge pump motor interlock, drive 2 (not monitored contact)

11 MIN TEMP Min temp active indicator

11 HI TEMP High temp active indicator
11 MAX TEMP Max temp active indicator
11 HI TEMPI High temp interlock active indicator
11 COOL CONI Cooler control interlocked by electric motor start when using analog temp sensor
11 COOL COND Cooler control without interlock when using analog temp sensor
11 COOL FWD Cooler control timed forward when using analog temp sensor
11 COOL REV Cooler control timed reverse when using analog temp sensor
11 HEAT CON Heater control when using analog temp sensor
11 FLUSHCON Flushing valve control when using analog temp sensor
11 ST AUXP Start auxiliary pump electric motor
11 FL TEMP Standby flush temp active
11 MN DRTMP Min drain temp disable
11 MX LEVEL Max oil level (overfill) in tank when using analog level sensor
11 FULL Max fill-up level in tank when using analog level sensor
11 LO LEVEL Low oil level in tank when using analog level sensor
11 MN LEVEL Minimum oil level in tank when using analog level sensor

12 P1 C ACT Pressure control active, drive 1

12 P1 HI CA Pressure control high active, drive 1
12 P1 LO CA Pressure control low active, drive 1
12 P1 MAX Pressure control saturated, drive 1
12 P2 C ACT Pressure control active, drive 2
12 P2 HI CA Pressure control high active, drive 2
12 P2 LO CA Pressure control low active, drive 2
12 P2 MAX Pressure control saturated, drive 2

13 SH BLCK1 Shredder blocked, drive 1

13 SH BLCK2 Shredder blocked, drive 2
13 RESET1 Front panel Alarm reset active, Drive 1
13 RESET2 Front panel Alarm reset active, Drive 2
13 RESET1+2 Front panel Alarm reset active, Drive 1 or Drive 2
13 OPEN BR1 Open brake, Drive 1
13 OPEN BR2 Open brake, Drive 2

14 AUX1 Auxillary function 1 active

14 AUX2 Auxillary function 2 active
14 AUX3 Auxillary function 3 active
14 AUX4 Auxillary function 4 active
14 AUX5 Auxillary function 5 active
14 AUX6 Auxillary function 6 active
14 AUX7 Auxillary function 7 active
14 AUX8 Auxillary function 8 active
14 AUX9 Auxillary function 9 active
14 AUX10 Auxillary function 10 active
14 AUX11 Auxillary function 11 active
14 AUX12 Auxillary function 12 active
14 AUX13 Auxillary function 13 active
14 AUX14 Auxillary function 14 active
14 AUX15 Auxillary function 15 active
14 AUX16 Auxillary function 16 active
14 AUX17 Auxillary function 17 active
14 AUX18 Auxillary function 18 active
14 AUX19 Auxillary function 19 active
14 AUX20 Auxillary function 20 active

15 DIN1 Digital input 1 status

15 DIN2 Digital input 2 status
15 DIN3 Digital input 3 status
15 DIN4 Digital input 4 status
15 DIN5 Digital input 5 status
15 DIN6 Digital input 6 status
15 DIN7 Digital input 7 status
15 DIN8 Digital input 8 status
15 DIN9 Digital input 9 status
15 DIN10 Digital input 10 status
15 DIN11 Digital input 11 status
15 DIN12 Digital input 12 status
15 DIN13 Digital input 13 status
15 DIN14 Digital input 14 status
15 DIN15 Digital input 15 status
15 DIN16 Digital input 16 status

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 113/263
5 Parameters

15 DIN17 Digital input 17 status

15 DIN18 Digital input 18 status
15 DIN19 Digital input 19 status
15 DIN20 Digital input 20 status
15 DIN21 Digital input 21 status
15 DIN22 Digital input 22 status
15 DIN23 Digital input 23 status
15 DIN24 Digital input 24 status
15 DIN25 Digital input 25 status
15 DIN26 Digital input 26 status
15 DIN27 Digital input 27 status
15 DIN28 Digital input 28 status
15 DIN29 Digital input 29 status
15 DIN30 Digital input 30 status
15 DIN31 Digital input 31 status
15 DIN32 Digital input 32 status
15 DIN33 Digital input 33 status
15 DIN34 Digital input 34 status
15 DIN35 Digital input 35 status
15 DIN36 Digital input 36 status
15 DIN37 Digital input 37 status
15 DIN38 Digital input 38 status
15 DIN39 Digital input 39 status
15 DIN40 Digital input 40 status
15 DIN41 Digital input 41 status
15 DIN42 Digital input 42 status
15 DIN43 Digital input 43 status

16 BDIN1 Bus Digital input 1 status

16 BDIN2 Bus Digital input 2 status
16 BDIN3 Bus Digital input 3 status
16 BDIN4 Bus Digital input 4 status
16 BDIN5 Bus Digital input 5 status
16 BDIN6 Bus Digital input 6 status
16 BDIN7 Bus Digital input 7 status
16 BDIN8 Bus Digital input 8 status
16 BDIN9 Bus Digital input 9 status
16 BDIN10 Bus Digital input 10 status
16 BDIN11 Bus Digital input 11 status
16 BDIN12 Bus Digital input 12 status
16 BDIN13 Bus Digital input 13 status
16 BDIN14 Bus Digital input 14 status
16 BDIN15 Bus Digital input 15 status
16 BDIN16 Bus Digital input 16 status
16 BDIN17 Bus Digital input 17 status
16 BDIN18 Bus Digital input 18 status
16 BDIN19 Bus Digital input 19 status
16 BDIN20 Bus Digital input 20 status
16 BDIN21 Bus Digital input 21 status
16 BDIN22 Bus Digital input 22 status
16 BDIN23 Bus Digital input 23 status
16 BDIN24 Bus Digital input 24 status

17C PRA P1 Low charge pressure A-side for pump 1

17C PRB P1 Low charge pressure B-side for pump 1
17C PRA P2 Low charge pressure A-side for pump 2
17C PRB P2 Low charge pressure B-side for pump 2
17C PRA P3 Low charge pressure A-side for pump 3
17C PRB P3 Low charge pressure B-side for pump 3
17C PRA P4 Low charge pressure A-side for pump 4
17C PRB P4 Low charge pressure B-side for pump 4
18 B COL11 Toggled by 1:st front panel drive button in 1:st column.
18 B COL 12 Toggled by 2:nd front panel drive button in 1:st column.
18 B COL 21 Toggled by 1:st front panel drive button in 2:nd column.
18 B COL 22 Toggled by 2:nd front panel drive button in 2:nd column.
18 B COL 31 Toggled by 1:st front panel drive button in 3:rd column.
18 B COL 32 Toggled by 2:nd front panel drive button in 3:rd column.
18 B COL 41 Toggled by 1:st front panel drive button in 4:th column.
18 B COL 42 Toggled by 2:nd front panel drive button in 4:th column.

19 MEM01..24 Memory cell status

off Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 114/263
5 Parameters

5.2.5 Pulse inputs

Pulse inputs-Selection
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

P0I01 Pulse input selection for Drive 1 DE1 DE1 S

DE2
P0I02 Pulse input selection for Drive 2 DE1 S
DE2 DE2

Pulse inputs-Drive 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

P1I01 Pulses/rev 1 1000 1 10000 S

P1I02 Units for REG109 *a rpm S
P1I03 Number of decimals for REG109 1 0 0 2 S
P1I04 Scaling for REG109 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 S
P1I05 Filter time for speed reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 S
P1I06 Polarity for digital speed signal S
1=Normal 1 1
2=Inverted 2
P1I07 Encoder type S
1=Quad 1 1
2=Single pulse with direction 2
3=Single pulse without direction 3
P1I08 High indication level (rpm) 0.1 0.0 -2000.0 2000.0 S
P1I09 Low indication level (rpm) 0.1 0.0 -2000.0 2000.0 S
P1I10 Function for high indication *b off S
P1I11 Function for low indication *b off S

Pulse inputs-Drive 2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

P2I01 Pulses/rev 1 1000 1 10000 S

P2I02 Units for REG209 *a rpm S
P2I03 Number of decimals for REG209 1 0 0 2 S
P2I04 Scaling for REG209 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 S
P2I05 Filter time for speed reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 S
P2I06 Polarity for digital speed signal S
1=Normal 1 1
2=Inverted 2
P2I07 Encoder type S
1=Quad 1 1
2=Single pulse with direction 2
3=Single pulse without direction 3
P2I08 High indication level (rpm) 0.1 0.0 -2000.0 2000.0 S
P2I09 Low indication level (rpm) 0.1 0.0 -2000.0 2000.0 S
P2I10 Function for high indication *b off S
P2I11 Function for low indication *b off S
*a Possible units of measure settings: rpm, m/m, m/s, f/m, f/s

*b Possible function settings:

13 AUX1-AUX20 Auxiliary monitor function
Off Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 115/263
5 Parameters

5.2.6 Analog inputs

Analog inputs-Setpoint 1 (isolated)
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIA01 Input type, speed Set point Drive 1 *a 4-20mA S

AIA02 Zero point adjustment Set point Drive1 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIA03 Max point adjustment Set point Drive1 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIA04 Reading for REG101 % % S
%=% value Actual
Actual = Actual external input value
(AIA01)
AIA05 Setpoint scaling 0,01 1.00 1.00 10.00 S

Analog inputs-Setpoint 2 (isolated)

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIB01 Input type, speed Set point Drive 2 *a 4-20mA S

AIB02 Zero point adjustment Set point Drive2 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIB03 Max point adjustment Set point Drive2 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIB04 Reading for REG201 % % S
%=% value Actual
Actual = Actual external input value
(AIB01)
AIB05 Setpoint scaling 0,01 1.00 1.00 10.00 S

Analog inputs-Analog in 1 (isolated)

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIF01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIF02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIF03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIF04 Min input, REG401 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIF05 Max input, REG401 1 200 (AIF04) 9999 A
AIF06 Units for REG401 *c bar S
AIF07 Number of decimals for REG401 1 0 0 2 A
AIF08 Scaling for REG401 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIF09 Function for input *e off A
AIF10 High indication level AIF07 AIF05 AIF04 AIF05 S
AIF11 Low indication level AIF07 AIF04 AIF04 AIF05 S
AIF12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIF13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIF14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIF15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIF16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 116/263
5 Parameters

Analog inputs- Analog in 2 (isolated)

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIG01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIG02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIG03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIG04 Min input, REG402 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIG05 Max input, REG402 1 200 (AIG04) 9999 A
AIG06 Units for REG402 *c bar S
AIG07 Number of decimals for REG402 1 0 0 2 A
AIG08 Scaling for REG402 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIG09 Function for input *e off A
AIG10 High indication level AIG07 AIG05 AIG04 AIG05 S
AIG11 Low indication level AIG07 AIG04 AIG04 AIG05 S
AIG12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIG13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIG14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIG15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIG16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Analog inputs- Analog in 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIH01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIH02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIH03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIH04 Min input, REG403 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIH05 Max input, REG403 1 200 (AIH04) 9999 A
AIH06 Units for REG403 *c bar S
AIH07 Number of decimals for REG403 1 0 0 2 A
AIH08 Scaling for REG403 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIH09 Function for input *e off A
AIH10 High indication level AIH07 AIH05 AIH04 AIH05 S
AIH11 Low indication level AIH07 AIH04 AIH04 AIH05 S
AIH12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIH13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIH14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIH15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIH16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 117/263
5 Parameters

Analog inputs- Analog in 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AII01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AII02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AII03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AII04 Min input, REG404 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AII05 Max input, REG404 1 200 (AII04) 9999 A
AII06 Units for REG404 *c bar S
AII07 Number of decimals for REG404 1 0 0 2 A
AII08 Scaling for REG404 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AII09 Function for input *e off A
AII10 High indication level AII07 AII05 AII04 AII05 S
AII11 Low indication level AII07 AII04 AII04 AII05 S
AII12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AII13 Function for high indication *b off S
AII14 Function for low indication *b off S
AII15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AII16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Analog inputs- Analog in 5

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIJ01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIJ02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIJ03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIJ04 Min input, REG405 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIJ05 Max input, REG405 1 200 (AIJ04) 9999 A
AIJ06 Units for REG405 *c bar S
AIJ07 Number of decimals for REG405 1 0 0 2 A
AIJ08 Scaling for REG405 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIJ09 Function for input *e off A
AIJ10 High indication level AIJ07 AIJ05 AIJ04 AIJ05 S
AIJ11 Low indication level AIJ07 AIJ04 AIJ04 AIJ05 S
AIJ12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIJ13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIJ14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIJ15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIJ16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 118/263
5 Parameters

Analog inputs- Analog in 6

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIK01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIK02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIK03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIK04 Min input, REG406 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIK05 Max input, REG406 1 200 (AIK04) 9999 A
AIK06 Units for REG406 *c bar S
AIK07 Number of decimals for REG406 1 0 0 2 A
AIK08 Scaling for REG406 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIK09 Function for input *e off A
AIK10 High indication level AIK07 AIK05 AIK04 AIK05 S
AIK11 Low indication level AIK07 AIK04 AIK04 AIK05 S
AIK12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIK13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIK14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIK15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIK16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Analog inputs- Analog in 7

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIL01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIL02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIL03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIL04 Min input, REG407 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIL05 Max input, REG407 1 200 (AIL04) 9999 A
AIL06 Units for REG407 *c bar S
AIL07 Number of decimals for REG407 1 0 0 2 A
AIL08 Scaling for REG407 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIL09 Function for input *e off A
AIL10 High indication level AIL07 AIL05 AIL04 AIL05 S
AIL11 Low indication level AIL07 AIL04 AIL04 AIL05 S
AIL12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIL13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIL14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIL15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIL16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 119/263
5 Parameters

Analog inputs- Analog in 8

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIM01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIM02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIM03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIM04 Min input, REG408 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIM05 Max input, REG408 1 200 (AIM04) 9999 A
AIM06 Units for REG408 *c bar S
AIM07 Number of decimals for REG408 1 0 0 2 A
AIM08 Scaling for REG408 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIM09 Function for input *e off A
AIM10 High indication level AIM07 AIM05 AIM04 AIM0 S
5
AIM11 Low indication level AIM07 AIM04 AIM04 AIM0 S
5
AIM12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIM13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIM14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIM15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIM16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Analog inputs- Analog in 9

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIN01 Input type *a 4-20mA S

AIN02 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIN03 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit A
AIN04 Min input, REG409 1 0 -1000 4000 A
AIN05 Max input, REG409 1 200 (AIN04) 9999 A
AIN06 Units for REG409 *c bar S
AIN07 Number of decimals for REG409 1 0 0 2 A
AIN08 Scaling for REG409 0.01 1.00 0.01 20.00 A
AIN09 Function for input *e off A
AIN10 High indication level AIN07 AIN05 AIN04 AIN05 S
AIN11 Low indication level AIN07 AIN04 AIN04 AIN05 S
AIN12 Function for min indication at 4-20mA *f off S
input type
AIN13 Function for high indication *b off S
AIN14 Function for low indication *b off S
AIN15 Filter time for analog input reading 0.1sec 0.0 0.0 5.0 A
AIN16 Filter time for analog input signal 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 120/263
5 Parameters

Analog inputs-Tank temp

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIP01 Zero point adjustment Tank temp 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit S
AIP02 Max point adjustment Tank temp 1bit 0bit -102bit 102bit S
AIP03 Units for REG410 *d C A

Analog inputs-Power limit

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AIR01 Fixed level for power limitation, E-motor 1 1 400 0 3000 S

AIR02 Fixed level for power limitation, E-motor 2 1 400 0 3000 S
AIR03 Fixed level for power limitation, E-motor 3 1 400 0 3000 S

*a Possible input type settings:

4-20mA
0-20mA
0-5V
0-10V

*b Possible function settings:

13 AUX1-AUX20 Auxiliary monitor function
01 H APR P1 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 1
01 H BPR P1 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 1
01 H APR P2 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 2
01 H BPR P2 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 2
01 H APR P3 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 3
01 H BPR P3 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 3
01 H APR P4 High pressure A-side monitor function for pump 4
01 H BPR P4 High pressure B-side monitor function for pump 4

02 H APR D1 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1

02 H BPR D1 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1
02 H APR D2 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 2
02 H BPR D2 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 2
02 H APR 12 High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1 and 2
02 H BPR 12 High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1 and 2

03 C PRA P1 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 1

03 C PRB P1 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 1
03 C PRA P2 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 2
03 C PRB P2 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 2
03 C PRA P3 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 3
03 C PRB P3 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 3
03 C PRA P4 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for pump 4
03 C PRB P4 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for pump 4

04 C PRA D1 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1

04 C PRB D1 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1
04 C PRA D2 Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for drive 2
04 C PRB D2 Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for drive 2

05 SHPRA D1 Shredder pressure A-side function for drive 1

05 SHPRB D1 Shredder pressure B-side function for drive 1
05 SHPRA D2 Shredder pressure A-side function for drive 2
05 SHPRB D2 Shredder pressure B-side function for drive 2

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 121/263
5 Parameters

06 HITMPM1 High temperature in Hydraulic motor 1

06 MAXTMPM1 Max temperature in Hydraulic motor 1
06 HITMPM2 High temperature in Hydraulic motor 2
06 MAXTMPM2 Max temperature in Hydraulic motor 2
06 HITMPM3 High temperature in Hydraulic motor 3
06 MAXTMPM3 Max temperature in Hydraulic motor 3
06 HITMPM4 High temperature in Hydraulic motor 4
06 MAXTMPM4 Max temperature in Hydraulic motor 4

07 BRAKE1OP Brake opened for Drive 1

07 BRAKE2OP Brake opened for Drive 2

off Not used

*c Possible units of measure settings: rpm, m/m, m/s, f/m, f/s, bar, psi, MPa, °C, °F, kNm, A, kW, hp, °, %
rps, lpm, gpm, mm, “, l, gal, m, ft

*d Possible units of measure settings: °C, °F

*e Possible function settings:

EC1 = Electric motor 1 current (A)
EC2 = Electric motor 2 current (A)
EC3 = Electric motor 3 current (A)
EL1 = E-motor 1 max current level (Power limitation)
EL2 = E-motor 2 max current level (Power limitation)
EL3 = E-motor 3 max current level (Power limitation)
AS1 = Analogue speed, Drive 1 (rpm)
AS2 = Analogue speed, Drive 2 (rpm)
AS1+2 = Analogue speed, Drive 1 and Drive 2 (rpm)
SP1 = Shredder pressure, Drive 1 (bar)
SP2 = Shredder pressure, Drive 2 (bar)
SM = Synchro master speed setpoint (%)
SO = Synchro offset, Drive 2(°)
SP1+2 = Shredder pressure, Drive 1 and Drive 2 (bar)
PR1 = Actual pressure for pressure control, Drive 1 (bar)
PR2 = Actual pressure for pressure control, Drive 2 (bar)
PR1+2 = Actual pressure for pressure control, Drive 1 and Drive 2 (bar)
PR1 SET = Set pressure for pressure control, Drive 1 (bar)
PR2 SET = Set pressure for pressure control, Drive 1 (bar)
TANK A = Tank temp analog monitor function (°C)
P FRICT = Friction control of pump (%)
DR TEMP = Drain line temperature (°C)
HMTEMP1 = Temperature in hydraulic motor 1(°C)
HMTEMP2 = Temperature in hydraulic motor 2(°C)
HMTEMP3 = Temperature in hydraulic motor 3(°C)
HMTEMP4 = Temperature in hydraulic motor 4(°C)
LEVEL A = Tank level analog function(l)
off = Not used

*f Possible function settings:

AUX1-AUX20 Auxiliary monitor function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 122/263
5 Parameters

5.2.7 Analog outputs

Analog outputs-Analog out 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AOA01 Analog output, terminal AO1:3(V), *a off S

AO1:4(mA)
AOA02 4-20mA or 2-10V output on/off *b on A
AOA03 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A
AOA04 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A

Analog outputs- Analog out 2

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AOB01 Analog output, terminal AO1:5(V), *a off S

AO1:6(mA)
AOB02 4-20mA or 2-10V output on/off *b on A
AOB03 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A
AOB04 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A

Analog outputs- Analog out 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AOC01 Analog output, terminal AO2:3(V), *a off S

AO2:4(mA)
AOC02 4-20mA or 2-10V output on/off *b on A
AOC03 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A
AOC04 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A

Analog outputs- Analog out 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AOD01 Analog output, terminal AO2:5(V), *a off S

AO2:6(mA)
AOD02 4-20mA or 2-10V output on/off *b on A
AOD03 Zero point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A
AOD04 Max point adjustment 1bit 0bit -65bit 65bit A

*a Possible register readings for output:

Drive 1 Drive 2
REG101 = Remote input command REG201 = Remote input command
REG102 = Speed setpoint REG202 = Speed setpoint
REG103 = Input command REG203 = Input command
REG104 = Feed forward command REG204 = Feed forward command
REG105 = Error signal REG205 = Error signal
REG106 = Amplifier command REG206 = Amplifier command
REG109 = Digital speed REG209 = Digital speed
REG110 = Speed feedback REG210 = Speed feedback
REG111 = Pressure command REG211 = Pressure command
REG112 = Regulated pressure command REG212 = Regulated pressure command
REG113 = Pressure compensation REG213 = Pressure compensation
REG114 = Master command REG214 = Offset (Synchro)
REG116 = Regulated error signal REG216 = Regulated error signal
REG117 = Position angle (°) REG217 = Position angle (°)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 123/263
5 Parameters

Pump signals Compare

REG350 = Pump friction REG701 = Compared signal 1
REG702 = Compared signal 2
Analog in REG703 = Compared signal 3
REG401 = Analog in 1 REG704 = Compared signal 4
REG402 = Analog in 2 REG705 = Compared signal 5
REG403 = Analog in 3 REG706 = Compared signal 6
REG404 = Analog in 4
REG405 = Analog in 5 off =Output off
REG406 = Analog in 6
REG407 = Analog in 7 *b Possible output settings
REG408 = Analog in 8 off = 0-20mA or 0-10V output
REG409 = Analog in 9 on = 4-20mA or 2-10V output
REG410 = Tank temp

Bus command in
REG501 = Bus in 1
REG502 = Bus in 2
REG503 = Bus in 3
REG504 = Bus in 4
REG505 = Bus in 5
REG506 = Bus in 6
REG507 = Bus in 7
REG508 = Bus in 8
REG509 = Bus in 9
REG510 = Bus in 10

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 124/263
5 Parameters

5.2.8 Bus

Bus – Type&Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active
BTF01 Type of bus communication off off S
Profibus
Modbus RTU
Controlnet
Ethernet IP
CAN open
Profinet
Devicenet
Modbus TCP
CC-link
Test
BTF02 Max communication drop time 1sec 1 0 10 S
BTF03 Function at communication drop Alarm S
Interlock Interlock
Warning
BTF04 Bus data area Ver.1 S
Ver.2
Ver.3 Ver.3
BTF05 Analog byte switch on/off off S
BTF06 Max bus setup time 1sec 6 1 60 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 125/263
5 Parameters

Bus - Digital Inputs

Switch Description Type Default Change
active
BDI01 Digital input 1 *a 09 BUS 1 S
BDI02 Digital input 2 *a 16 REM 1 S
BDI03 Digital input 3 *a 14 START 1 S
BDI04 Digital input 4 *a 15 FIXED 1A S
BDI05 Digital input 5 *a 15 FIXED 1B S
BDI06 Digital input 6 *a off S
BDI07 Digital input 7 *a off S
BDI08 Digital input 8 *a off S
BDI09 Digital input 9 *a 09 BUS 2 S
BDI10 Digital input 10 *a 16 REM 2 S
BDI11 Digital input 11 *a 14 START 2 S
BDI12 Digital input 12 *a 15 FIXED 2A S
BDI13 Digital input 13 *a 15 FIXED 2B S
BDI14 Digital input 14 *a off S
BDI15 Digital input 15 *a off S
BDI16 Digital input 16 *a off S
BDI17 Digital input 17 *a 09 BUS RESET S
BDI18 Digital input 18 *a 09 ALARM RESET S
BDI19 Digital input 19 *a off S
BDI20 Digital input 20 *a off S
BDI21 Digital input 21 *a off S
BDI22 Digital input 22 *a off S
BDI23 Digital input 23 *a off S
BDI24 Digital input 24 *a off S
BDI25 Digital input 25 *a off S
BDI26 Digital input 26 *a off S
BDI27 Digital input 27 *a off S
BDI28 Digital input 28 *a off S
BDI29 Digital input 29 *a off S
BDI30 Digital input 30 *a off S
BDI31 Digital input 31 *a off S
BDI32 Digital input 32 *a off S

*a Possible digital input function settings: Same as for Digital inputs (DIN)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 126/263
5 Parameters

Bus – Analog in 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAA01 Min input, REG501 1 0 0 100 S

BAA02 Max input, REG501 1 200 (BAA01) 9999 S
BAA03 Units for REG501 *b % A
BAA04 Number of decimals for REG501 1 0 0 2 A
BAA05 Function for input *c off S
BAA06 High indication level BAA04 BAA02 BAA01 BAA02 S
BAA07 Low indication level BAA04 BAA01 BAA01 BAA02 S
BAA08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAA09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAB01 Min input, REG502 1 0 0 100 S

BAB02 Max input, REG502 1 200 (BAB01) 9999 S
BAB03 Units for REG502 *b % A
BAB04 Number of decimals for REG502 1 0 0 2 A
BAB05 Function for input *c off S
BAB06 High indication level BAB04 BAB02 BAB01 BAB02 S
BAB07 Low indication level BAB04 BAB01 BAB01 BAB02 S
BAB08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAB09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 3
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAC01 Min input, REG503 1 0 0 100 S

BAC02 Max input, REG503 1 200 (BAC01) 9999 S
BAC03 Units for REG503 *b  A
BAC04 Number of decimals for REG503 1 0 0 2 A
BAC05 Function for input *c off S
BAC06 High indication level BAC04 BAC02 BAC01 BAC02 S
BAC07 Low indication level BAC04 BAC01 BAC01 BAC02 S
BAC08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAC09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 4
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAD01 Min input, REG504 1 0 0 100 S

BAD02 Max input, REG504 1 200 (BAD01) 9999 S
BAD03 Units for REG504 *b bar A
BAD04 Number of decimals for REG504 1 0 0 2 A
BAD05 Function for input *c OFF S
BAD06 High indication level BAD04 BAD02 BAD01 BAD02 S
BAD07 Low indication level BAD04 BAD01 BAD01 BAD02 S
BAD08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAD09 Function for low indication *d off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 127/263
5 Parameters

Bus – Analog in 5
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAE01 Min input, REG505 1 0 0 100 S

BAE02 Max input, REG505 1 200 (BAE01) 9999 S
BAE03 Units for REG505 *b bar A
BAE04 Number of decimals for REG505 1 0 0 2 A
BAE05 Function for input *c off S
BAE06 High indication level BAE04 BAE02 BAE01 BAE02 S
BAE07 Low indication level BAE04 BAE01 BAE01 BAE02 S
BAE08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAE09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 6
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAF01 Min input, REG506 1 0 0 100 S

BAF02 Max input, REG506 1 200 (BAF01) 9999 S
BAF03 Units for REG506 *b bar A
BAF04 Number of decimals for REG506 1 0 0 2 A
BAF05 Function for input *c off S
BAF06 High indication level BAF04 BAF02 BAF01 BAF02 S
BAF07 Low indication level BAF04 BAF01 BAF01 BAF02 S
BAF08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAF09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 7
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAG01 Min input, REG507 1 0 0 100 S

BAG02 Max input, REG507 1 200 (BAG01) 9999 S
BAG03 Units for REG504 *b bar A
BAG04 Number of decimals for REG507 1 0 0 2 A
BAG05 Function for input *c off S
BAG06 High indication level BAG04 BAG02 BAG01 BAG02 S
BAG07 Low indication level BAG04 BAG01 BAG01 BAG02 S
BAG08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAG09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 8
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAH01 Min input, REG508 1 0 0 100 S

BAH02 Max input, REG508 1 200 (BAH01) 9999 S
BAH03 Units for REG504 *b bar A
BAH04 Number of decimals for REG508 1 0 0 2 A
BAH05 Function for input *c off S
BAH06 High indication level BAH04 BAH02 BAH01 BAH02 S
BAH07 Low indication level BAH04 BAH01 BAH01 BAH02 S
BAH08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAH09 Function for low indication *d off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 128/263
5 Parameters

Bus – Analog in 9
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAI01 Min input, REG509 1 0 0 100 S

BAI02 Max input, REG509 1 200 (BAI01) 9999 S
BAI03 Units for REG509 *b bar A
BAI04 Number of decimals for REG509 1 0 0 2 A
BAI05 Function for input *c off S
BAI06 High indication level BAI04 BAI02 BAI01 BAI02 S
BAI07 Low indication level BAI04 BAI01 BAI01 BAI02 S
BAI08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAI09 Function for low indication *d off S

Bus – Analog in 10
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAJ01 Min input, REG510 1 0 0 100 S

BAJ02 Max input, REG510 1 200 (BAJ01) 9999 S
BAJ03 Units for REG510 *b bar A
BAJ04 Number of decimals for REG510 1 0 0 2 A
BAJ05 Function for input *c off S
BAJ06 High indication level BAJ04 BAJ02 BAJ01 BAJ02 S
BAJ07 Low indication level BAJ04 BAJ01 BAJ01 BAJ02 S
BAJ08 Function for high indication *d off S
BAJ09 Function for low indication *d off S

*b Possible units of measure settings: rpm, m/m, m/s, f/m, f/s, bar, psi, MPa, °C, °F, kNm, A, kW, hp, °, %
rps, lpm, gpm, mm, “, l, gal, m, ft
*c Possible function settings:
BSO = Synchro offset (Synchro function)
BP1 = Pressure setpoint, Drive 1 (Pressure function)
BP2 = Pressure setpoint, Drive 2 (Pressure function)
BSM = Synchro master speed setpoint
PF = Pump friction
EC1 = Electric motor 1 current
EC2 = Electric motor 2 current
EC3 = Electric motor 3 current
EL1 = E-motor 1 max current level (Power limitation)
EL2 = E-motor 2 max current level (Power limitation)
EL3 = E-motor 3 max current level (Power limitation)
AS1 = Analogue speed, Drive 1 (rpm)
AS2 = Analogue speed, Drive 2 (rpm)
SP1 = Shredder pressure, Drive 1 (bar)
SP2 = Shredder pressure, Drive 2 (bar)
PR1 = Actual pressure for pressure control, Drive 1 (bar)
PR2 = Actual pressure for pressure control, Drive 2 (bar)
off = Not used

*d Possible function settings:

13 AUX1-AUX20 Auxiliary monitor function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 129/263
5 Parameters

Bus – Analog out

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

BAK01 Analog output register *e off A

BAK02 Analog output register *e off A
BAK03 Analog output register *e off A
BAK04 Analog output register *e off A
BAK05 Analog output register *e off A
BAK06 Analog output register *e off A
BAK07 Analog output register *e off A
BAK08 Analog output register *e off A
BAK09 Analog output register *e off A
BAK10 Analog output register *e off A
BAK11 Analog output register *e off A
BAK12 Analog output register *e off A

*e Possible register readings for output:

Drive 1 Pump signals
REG101 = Remote input command REG350 = Pump friction
REG102 = Speed setpoint
REG103 = Input command Analog in
REG104 = Feed forward command REG401 = Analog in 1
REG105 = Error signal REG402 = Analog in 2
REG106 = Amplifier command REG403 = Analog in 3
REG109 = Digital speed REG404 = Analog in 4
REG110 = Speed feedback REG405 = Analog in 5
REG111 = Pressure command REG406 = Analog in 6
REG112 = Regulated pressure command REG407 = Analog in 7
REG113 = Pressure compensation REG408 = Analog in 8
REG114 = Master command REG409 = Analog in 9
REG115 = Machine stop angle (°) REG410 = Tank temp
REG116 = Regulated error signal
REG117 = Position angle (°) Compare
REG701 = Compared signal 1
Drive 2 REG702 = Compared signal 2
REG201 = Remote input command REG703 = Compared signal 3
REG202 = Speed setpoint REG704 = Compared signal 4
REG203 = Input command REG705 = Compared signal 5
REG204 = Feed forward command REG706 = Compared signal 6
REG205 = Error signal
REG206 = Amplifier command off =Output off
REG209 = Digital speed
REG210 = Speed feedback
REG211 = Pressure command
REG212 = Regulated pressure command
REG213 = Pressure compensation
REG214 = Offset (Synchro)
REG215 = Machine stop angle (°)
REG216 = Regulated error signal
REG217 = Position angle (°)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 130/263
5 Parameters

5.2.9 Pump monitor

Pump monitor-Pump 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PMA01 Charge pressure interlock delay 1 5, 10, 15, 5sec S

20, 25sec
PMA02 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *a 0.5sec S
PMA03 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *a 0.5sec S
PMA04 Delay time, Suction line *a 0sec S
PMA05 Delay time, Return filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMA06 Delay time, Return filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMA07 Return filter alarm *d off S
PMA08 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMA09 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
PMA10 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMA11 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
PMA12 Signal plausibility check on/off on S
PMA13 Error limits between input and output 1% 50% 5% 120% S
PMA14 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
PMA15 Delay time, Charge filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMA16 Delay time, Charge filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMA17 Charge filter alarm *d off S

Pump monitor-Pump 2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PMB01 Charge pressure interlock delay 1 5, 10, 15, 5sec S

20, 25sec
PMB02 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *a 0.5sec S
PMB03 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *a 0.5sec S
PMB04 Delay time, Suction line *a 0sec S
PMB05 Delay time, Return filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMB06 Delay time, Return filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMB07 Return filter alarm *d off S
PMB08 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMB09 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
PMB10 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMB11 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
PMB12 Signal plausibility check on/off on S
PMB13 Error limits between input and output 1% 50% 5% 120% S
PMB14 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
PMB15 Delay time, Charge filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMB16 Delay time, Charge filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMB17 Charge filter alarm *d off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 131/263
5 Parameters

Pump monitor-Pump 3
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PMC01 Charge pressure interlock delay 1 5, 10, 15, 5sec S

20, 25sec
PMC02 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *a 0.5sec S
PMC03 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *a 0.5sec S
PMC04 Delay time, Suction line *a 0sec S
PMC05 Delay time, Return filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMC06 Delay time, Return filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMC07 Return filter alarm *d off S
PMC08 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMC09 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
PMC10 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMC11 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
PMC12 Signal plausibility check on/off on S
PMC13 Error limits between input and output 1% 50% 5% 120% S
PMC14 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
PMC15 Delay time, Charge filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMC16 Delay time, Charge filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMC17 Charge filter alarm *d off S

Pump monitor-Pump 4
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PMD01 Charge pressure interlock delay 1 5, 10, 15, 5sec S

20, 25sec
PMD02 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *a 0.5sec S
PMD03 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *a 0.5sec S
PMD04 Delay time, Suction line *a 0sec S
PMD05 Delay time, Return filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMD06 Delay time, Return filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMD07 Return filter alarm *d off S
PMD08 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMD09 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
PMD10 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
PMD11 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
PMD12 Signal plausibility check on/off on S
PMD13 Error limits between input and output 1% 50% 5% 120% S
PMD14 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
PMD15 Delay time, Charge filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
PMD16 Delay time, Charge filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
PMD17 Charge filter alarm *d off S

*a Possible delay time settings: 0 / 0.1 / 0.5 /1.0 seconds

*b Possible delay time settings: 7.0 /10.0 / 30.0 / 60.0 seconds, 3.0 / 5.0 / 8.0 / 10.0 / 12.0 / 15.0 minutes
*c Possible delay time settings: 0 / 1.0 / 5.0 / 7.0 / 10.0 / 20.0 / 30.0 / 60.0 seconds
*d Possible delay time settings: 2, 4, ..., 22, 24h, OFF

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 132/263
5 Parameters

5.2.10 Tank monitor

Tank monitor-Digital
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

TMA01 Delay time, Low oil level warning *a 0sec S

TMA02 Delay time, Min oil level alarm *a 0sec S
TMA03 Delay time, Min temp alarm *a 0sec S
TMA04 Delay time, High temp warning *a 0sec S
TMA05 Delay time, Max temp alarm *a 0.5sec S
TMA06 Delay time, Drain filter1 75% warning *b 7sec S
TMA07 Delay time, Drain filter1 100% warning *b 7sec S
TMA08 Drain filter alarm *c off S
TMA09 Min oil temp function A, W, Off A S
TMA10 Delay time, Aux filter 75% warning *b 7sec S
TMA11 Delay time, Aux filter 100% warning *b 7sec S
TMA12 Aux filter alarm *c off S
TMA13 Delay time, Drain filter2 75% warning *b 7sec S
TMA14 Delay time, Drain filter2 100% warning *b 7sec S
TMA15 Drain filter alarm *c off S
Tank monitor-Analog temp
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

TMB01 Analog temp sensor on/off on S

TMB02 Not used S
TMB03 Max oil temp alarm level 1 63°C 40°C 75°C S
TMB04 High oil temp warning level 1 55°C 40°C 70°C S
TMB05 Cooling temp on level (rising) 1 40°C 30°C 40°C S
TMB06 Cooling hysteresis 1 3°C 0°C 5°C S
TMB07 Filter interlock temp level 1 0°C 0°C 50°C S
TMB08 Heating temp on level (falling) 1 15°C 5°C 20°C S
TMB09 Heating hysteresis 1 3°C 0°C 5°C S
TMB10 Min oil temp alarm level 1 10°C 0°C 25°C S
TMB11 Warm flush on level (falling) 1 30°C 5°C 30°C S
TMB12 Flushing hysteresis 1 3°C 0°C 5°C S
TMB13 Min temp for start of aux pump 1 0°C -25°C 25°C S
TMB14 Warm flush on level (rising) 1 10°C -25°C 20°C S
TMB15 Flushing hysteresis 1 3°C 0°C 5°C S
TMB16 Warm flush on delay 0.1sec 2.0sec 0sec 10sec S
TMB17 Cooler forward time between reversals 1h 12h 1h 24h S
TMB18 Cooler reverse time 1min 10min 0min 60min S
TMB19 Cooler motor on delay 0.1sec 10sec 0sec 30sec S
TMB20 Cooler reverse at e-motor start on/off on S
TMB21 Oil temp interlock level 1 60°C 40°C 75°C S
Tank monitor-Analog level
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

TMC01 Analog level sensor on/off off S

TMC02 Not used S
TMC03 Min oil alarm level 1 2150 0 5000 S
TMC04 Low oil warning level 1 2250 0 5000 S
TMC05 Full indication level 1 2400 0 5000 S
TMC06 Max oil warning level 1 2450 0 5000 S
TMC07 Delay time, Max oil level *a 0sec S
*a Possible delay time settings: 0 / 0.1 / 0.5 /1.0 seconds
*b Possible delay time settings: 7.0 /10.0 / 30.0 / 60.0 seconds, 3.0 / 5.0 / 8.0 / 10.0 / 12.0 / 15.0 minutes
*c Possible delay time settings: 2, 4, ..., 22, 24h, OFF

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 133/263
5 Parameters

5.2.11 Aux monitor

Aux monitor-Aux1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMA01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMA02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMA03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMA04 Aux configurable text *b AUX1 A
AMA05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMB01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMB02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMB03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMB04 Aux configurable text *b AUX2 A
AMB05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux3
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMC01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMC02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMC03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMC04 Aux configurable text *b AUX3 A
AMC05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux4
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMD01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMD02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMD03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMD04 Aux configurable text *b AUX4 A
AMD05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux5
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AME01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AME02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AME03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AME04 Aux configurable text *b AUX5 A
AME05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux6
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMF01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMF02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMF03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMF04 Aux configurable text *b AUX6 A
AMF05 Aux inverted input on/off off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 134/263
5 Parameters

Aux monitor-Aux7
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMG01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMG02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMG03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMG04 Aux configurable text *b AUX7 A
AMG05 Aux inverted input on/off off S

Aux monitor-Aux8
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMH01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMH02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMH03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMH04 Aux configurable text *b AUX8 A
AMH05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux9
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMI01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMI02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMI03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMI04 Aux configurable text *b AUX9 A
AMI05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux10
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMJ01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMJ02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMJ03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMJ04 Aux configurable text *b AUX10 A
AMJ05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux11
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMK01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMK02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMK03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMK04 Aux configurable text *b AUX11 A
AMK05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux12
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AML01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AML02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AML03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AML04 Aux configurable text *b AUX12 A
AML05 Aux inverted input on/off off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 135/263
5 Parameters

Aux monitor-Aux13
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMM01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMM02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMM03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMM04 Aux configurable text *b AUX13 A
AMM05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux14
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMN01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMN02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMN03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMN04 Aux configurable text *b AUX14 A
AMN05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux15
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMO01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMO02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMO03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMO04 Aux configurable text *b AUX15 A
AMO05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux16
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMP01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMP02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMP03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMP04 Aux configurable text *b AUX16 A
AMP05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
Aux monitor-Aux17
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMQ01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMQ02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMQ03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMQ04 Aux configurable text *b AUX17 A
AMQ05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
AMQ06 Aux function 2 *a off S
AMQ07 Aux delay time 2 *c Off S
AMQ08 Aux configurable text 2 *b AUX17A A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 136/263
5 Parameters

Aux monitor-Aux18
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMR01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMR02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMR03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMR04 Aux configurable text *b AUX18 A
AMR05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
AMR06 Aux function 2 *a off S
AMR07 Aux delay time 2 *c Off S
AMR08 Aux configurable text 2 *b AUX18A A
Aux monitor-Aux19
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMS01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMS02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMS03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMS04 Aux configurable text *b AUX19 A
AMS05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
AMS06 Aux function 2 *a off S
AMS07 Aux delay time 2 *c Off S
AMS08 Aux configurable text 2 *b AUX19A A

Aux monitor-Aux20
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

AMT01 Aux function *a W D1 S

AMT02 Aux delay time, 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 900.0 S
AMT03 Aux memory bypass on/off off S
AMT04 Aux configurable text *b AUX20 A
AMT05 Aux inverted input on/off off S
AMT06 Aux function 2 *a off S
AMT07 Aux delay time 2 *c Off S
AMT08 Aux configurable text 2 *b AUX20A A

*a Possible function settings: A D1 Alarm Drive 1

A D2 Alarm Drive 2
W D1 Warning Drive 1
W D2 Warning Drive 2
A D1 D2 Alarm Drive 1 and Drive 2
W D1 D2 Warning Drive 1 and Drive 2
D D1 Disable Drive 1
D D1 Disable Drive 2
D D1 D2 Disable Drive 1 and Drive 2
INT D1 Interlock Drive 1
INT D2 Interlock Drive 2
INT D1 D2 Interlock Drive 1 and Drive 2 )
off Not connected to monitoring function
*b Characters changed with  and  buttons and selected with button.
*c Possible delay time settings: 2, 4, ..., 22, 24h, Off

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 137/263
5 Parameters

5.2.12 Drive monitor

Drive monitor-Start interlock
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMA01 Start alternative, drive 1 *a AND AND S

OR
DMA02 Start delay time, drive 1 5, 10, 15, 5sec S
20, 25sec
DMA03 Start alternative, drive 2 *a AND AND S
OR
DMA04 Start delay time, drive 2 5, 10, 15, 5sec S
20, 25sec

Drive monitor-Drive 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMB01 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *b 0.5sec S

DMB02 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *b 0.5sec S
DMB03 Delay time, High E-motor temp alarm *b 0sec S
DMB04 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
DMB05 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
DMB06 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
DMB07 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
DMB08 Analog pressure sensor on/off Off S

Drive monitor-Drive 2
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMC01 Delay time, Charge pressure A-side *b 0.5sec S

DMC02 Delay time, Charge pressure B-side *b 0.5sec S
DMC03 Delay time, High E-motor temp alarm *b 0sec S
DMC04 Delay time, High A-side work pressure *c 7sec S
DMC05 Memory bypass, A-side work pressure on/off off S
DMC06 Delay time, High B-side work pressure *c 7sec S
DMC07 Memory bypass, B-side work pressure on/off off S
DMC08 Analog pressure sensor on/off Off S

Drive monitor-E-motor interlock

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMD01 Delay time, Interlock E-motor 1 0.1sec 1.5 0.1 30.0 S

DMD02 Delay time, Interlock E-motor 2 0.1sec 1.5 0.1 30.0 S
DMD03 Delay time, Interlock E-motor 3 0.1sec 1.5 0.1 30.0 S
DMD04 Delay time, Charge pump Drive 1 0.1sec 2.0 0.1 32.0 S
DMD05 Delay time, Charge pump Drive 2 0.1sec 2.0 0.1 32.0 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 138/263
5 Parameters

Drive monitor-Drain temp

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DME01 Drain temp function active on/off off S

DME02 Shutdown temp level (falling) 1°C 2°C 0 25 S
DME03 Stand-by flush on level (falling) 1°C 5°C 0 20 S
DME04 Stand-by flush hysteresis 1°C 3°C 0 5 S
DME05 Start delay time cold oil 1sec 300sec 0 600 S
DME06 Start delay time warm oil 1sec 10sec 0 600 S
DME07 Start delay time switching level (falling) 1°C 20°C 15 30 S

Drive monitor-Compare signals, calculations

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMF01 Register A for REG701 *d off S

DMF02 Register B for REG701 *d off S
DMF03 Register C for REG701 *d off S
DMF04 Constant K for REG701 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF05 Operation for REG701 *e off S
DMF06 Function for REG701 *g off S
DMF07 Register A for REG702 *d off S
DMF08 Register B for REG702 *d off S
DMF09 Register C for REG702 *d off S
DMF10 Constant K for REG702 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF11 Operation for REG702 *e off S
DMF12 Function for REG702 *g off S
DMF13 Register A for REG703 *d off S
DMF14 Register B for REG703 *d off S
DMF15 Register C for REG703 *d off S
DMF16 Constant K for REG703 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF17 Operation for REG703 *e off S
DMF18 Function for REG703 *g off S
DMF19 Register A for REG704 *d off S
DMF20 Register B for REG704 *d off S
DMF21 Register C for REG704 *d off S
DMF22 Constant K for REG704 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF23 Operation for REG704 *e off S
DMF24 Function for REG704 *g off S
DMF25 Register A for REG705 *d off S
DMF26 Register B for REG705 *d off S
DMF27 Register C for REG705 *d off S
DMF28 Constant K for REG705 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF29 Operation for REG705 *e off S
DMF30 Function for REG705 *g off S
DMF31 Register A for REG706 *d off S
DMF32 Register B for REG706 *d off S
DMF33 Register C for REG706 *d off S
DMF34 Constant K for REG706 1 10000 -32768 32767 S
DMF35 Operation for REG706 *e off S
DMF36 Function for REG706 *g off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 139/263
5 Parameters

Drive monitor-Compare signals, display

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DMG01 Min display value REG701 1 0 -1000 4000 S

DMG02 Max display value REG701 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG03 Units for REG701 *f bar A
DMG04 Number of decimals for REG701 1 0 0 2 A
DMG05 Min display value REG702 1 0 -1000 4000 S
DMG06 Max display value REG702 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG07 Units for REG702 *f bar A
DMG08 Number of decimals for REG702 1 0 0 2 A
DMG09 Min display value REG703 1 0 -1000 4000 S
DMG10 Max display value REG703 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG11 Units for REG703 *f bar A
DMG12 Number of decimals for REG703 1 0 0 2 A
DMG13 Min display value REG704 1 0 -1000 4000 S
DMG14 Max display value REG704 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG15 Units for REG704 *f bar A
DMG16 Number of decimals for REG704 1 0 0 2 A
DMG17 Min display value REG705 1 0 -1000 4000 S
DMG18 Max display value REG705 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG19 Units for REG705 *f bar A
DMG20 Number of decimals for REG705 1 0 0 2 A
DMG21 Min display value REG706 1 0 -1000 4000 S
DMG22 Max display value REG706 1 200 -1000 9999 S
DMG23 Units for REG706 *f bar A
DMG24 Number of decimals for REG706 1 0 0 2 A

*a AND = All selected E-motors for the drive must be started to allow drive start.
OR = Drive start allowed if any E-motor for the drive is started

*b Possible delay time settings: 0 / 0.1 / 0.5 /1.0 seconds

*c Possible delay time settings: 0 / 1.0 / 5.0 / 7.0 / 10.0 / 20.0 / 30.0 / 60.0 seconds

*d Possible register setting: Same as for log readings, see AS5.2.26

*e Operation settings:
off, No operation
A*B/K, Multiply and divide with constant (REG off = 1).
K*A/B, Divide and multiply with constant (REG off = 1).
A+B+C*K/10000, Add with possibility to scale REG C (REG off = 0).
A-B-C*K/10000, Subtract with possibility to scale REG C (REG off = 0).
Max(A,B,C), Select highest value (REG off = -32768).
Min(A,B,C), Select lowest value (REG off = 32767).
Abs(A), Absolute value (REG off = 0).
Window(A), Limit REG A between 0 and 10000. (REG off = 0)

*f Possible units of reading settings: rpm, m/m, m/s, f/m, f/s, bar, psi, MPa, °C, °F, kNm, A, kW, hp, °, %
rps, lpm, gpm, mm, “, l, gal, m, ft

*g Possible function settings: same as for analog inputs, see AS5.2.6

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 140/263
5 Parameters

5.2.13 Hydraulic motor monitor

[Link] monitor -Temp limit
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

HMA01 Level for limitation, Hydraulic motor 1 1 60 0 100 S

HMA02 Level for limitation, Hydraulic motor 2 1 60 0 100 S
HMA03 Level for limitation, Hydraulic motor 3 1 60 0 100 S
HMA04 Level for limitation, Hydraulic motor 4 1 60 0 100 S

[Link] monitor-Drive connection

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

HMB01 Drive connection for Hydraulic motor 1 Drive 1 Drive 1 S

Drive 2
off
HMB02 Drive connection for Hydraulic motor 2 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off
HMB03 Drive connection for Hydraulic motor 3 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off
HMB04 Drive connection for Hydraulic motor 4 Drive 1 S
Drive 2
off off

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 141/263
5 Parameters

5.2.14 Drive logic

Drive logic-Digital block 1
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLA01 Input A *a off S

DLA02 Input B *a off S
DLA03 Input C *a off S
DLA04 Input D *a off S
DLA05 Logic function *b AND S
DLA06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLA07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLA08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLA09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 2

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLB01 Input A *a off S

DLB02 Input B *a off S
DLB03 Input C *a off S
DLB04 Input D *a off S
DLB05 Logic function *b AND S
DLB06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLB07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLB08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLB09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLC01 Input A *a off S

DLC02 Input B *a off S
DLC03 Input C *a off S
DLC04 Input D *a off S
DLC05 Logic function *b AND S
DLC06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLC07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLC08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLC09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 142/263
5 Parameters

Drive logic-Digital block 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLD01 Input A *a off S

DLD02 Input B *a off S
DLD03 Input C *a off S
DLD04 Input D *a off S
DLD05 Logic function *b AND S
DLD06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLD07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLD08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLD09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 5

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLE01 Input A *a off S

DLE02 Input B *a off S
DLE03 Input C *a off S
DLE04 Input D *a off S
DLE05 Logic function *b AND S
DLE06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLE07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLE08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLE09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 6

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLF01 Input A *a off S

DLF02 Input B *a off S
DLF03 Input C *a off S
DLF04 Input D *a off S
DLF05 Logic function *b AND S
DLF06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLF07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLF08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLF09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 143/263
5 Parameters

Drive logic-Digital block 7

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLG01 Input A *a off S

DLG02 Input B *a off S
DLG03 Input C *a off S
DLG04 Input D *a off S
DLG05 Logic function *b AND S
DLG06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLG07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLG08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLG09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 8

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLH01 Input A *a off S

DLH02 Input B *a off S
DLH03 Input C *a off S
DLH04 Input D *a off S
DLH05 Logic function *b AND S
DLH06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLH07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLH08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLH09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 9

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLI01 Input A *a off S

DLI02 Input B *a off S
DLI03 Input C *a off S
DLI04 Input D *a off S
DLI05 Logic function *b AND S
DLI06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLI07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLI08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLI09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 144/263
5 Parameters

Drive logic-Digital block 10

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLJ01 Input A *a off S

DLJ02 Input B *a off S
DLJ03 Input C *a off S
DLJ04 Input D *a off S
DLJ05 Logic function *b AND S
DLJ06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLJ07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLJ08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLJ09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 11

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLK01 Input A *a off S

DLK02 Input B *a off S
DLK03 Input C *a off S
DLK04 Input D *a off S
DLK05 Logic function *b AND S
DLK06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLK07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLK08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLK09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

Drive logic-Digital block 12

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

DLL01 Input A *a off S

DLL02 Input B *a off S
DLL03 Input C *a off S
DLL04 Input D *a off S
DLL05 Logic function *b AND S
DLL06 Output selection 1 *c off S
DLL07 Inverted output selection 1 *c off S
DLL08 Output selection 2 *c off S
DLL09 Inverted output selection 2 *c off S

*a 28.0 ... 71.7 Same as for bus digital outputs version 3, see AS6.15.9.
MEM 01...24 Memory cells for internal information use / digital outputs
off Not used

*b AND = If all selected inputs for the logic block is high the output is high.
OR = If any of the selected inputs for the logic block is high the output is high.
XOR = If an odd number of the selected inputs for the logic block is high the output is high.
2 x AND = Same function as AND above. Input A & B for output 1. Input C & D for output 2.
2 x OR = Same function as OR above. Input A & B for output 1. Input C & D for output 2.
2 x XOR = Same function as XOR above. Input A & B for output 1. Input C & D for output 2.

*c 01 xx...20 xx Same as for digital inputs (not 14 LSTARTx, 14 LSTOPx and 09 BUSx), see AS5.2.3.
off Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 145/263
5 Parameters

5.2.15 Value threshold

Value threshold- Analog block 1

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTA01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTA02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTA03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTA04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTA05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 2

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTB01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTB02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTB03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTB04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTB05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTC01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTC02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTC03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTC04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTC05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTD01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTD02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTD03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTD04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTD05 Function for low indication *b off S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 146/263
5 Parameters

Value threshold- Analog block 5

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTE01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTE02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTE03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTE04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTE05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 6

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTF01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTF02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTF03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTF04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTF05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 7

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTG01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTG02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTG03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTG04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTG05 Function for low indication *b off S

Value threshold- Analog block 8

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

VTH01 Register for threshold *a off S

VTH02 High indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTH03 Low indication level 0.0 -9999.9 9999.9 S
VTH04 Function for high indication *b off S
VTH05 Function for low indication *b off S

*a Possible register selection:

Same as for drive log, see AS5.2.26.
*b Possible function selection:
01 xx...20 xx Same as for digital inputs, see AS5.2.3.
MEM 01...24 Memory cells for internal information use
off Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 147/263
5 Parameters

5.2.16 Drive 1 basic

Drive 1 basic-Setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1A01 Speed setpoint S

1=Local 1 1
2=Remote 2
3=Local/remote 3
D1A02 Type of command signal S
1=Unidirectional command 1
2=Bidirectional command 2 2
D1A03 Reset of local setpoint in remote yes/no yes S
mode
D1A04 Reverse input on/off off S
D1A05 Reverse command setpoint 0.1% -20.0 -100.0 -0.1 S
D1A06 Digital command setpoint 0.1% 10.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 1B)
D1A07 Digital command setpoint 0.1% -10.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 1A)
D1A08 Front panel button function on/off on S
D1A09 Digital command setpoint 0.1% 20.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 1D)
D1A10 Digital command setpoint 0.1% -20.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 1C)
D1A11 Multipump setpoint limitation on/off on S

Drive 1 basic-Ramp
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1C01 Up ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S

D1C02 Down ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
D1C03 Up ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
D1C04 Down ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 148/263
5 Parameters

Drive 1 basic-Regulator
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1D01
D1D02 Feed forward function on/off on S
D1D03 Proportional regulator on/off off S
D1D04 Integrating regulator on/off off S
D1D05 Derivation regulator on/off off S
D1D06 Proportional gain 0.1 0.1 0.0 10.0 A
D1D07 Integration time 0.1sec 10.0 0.5 60.0 A
D1D08 Derivation time 0.01sec 0.10 0.01 60.00 A
D1D09 Derivation decline time 0.1sec 0.1 0.1 10.0 A
D1D10 Max feedback deviation 1% 50% 0% 100% S
D1D11 Selection of regulated or non- S
regulated drive
1=Non-regulated drive ( ) 1 1
2=Regulated drive (REG) 2
3=Switching between regulated and 3
non-regulated drive

Drive 1 basic-Feedback
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1E01 Max hydraulic motor shaft speed 0.1rpm 10.0 0.1 2000 S
D1E02 Feedback selection S
1=Digital feedback 1 1
2=Analogue feedback 2
3=No feedback 3
D1E03 Filter time for speed feedback 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Drive 1 basic-Power limitation

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1F01 Delay time, power limitation 0.1sec 0.5 0.0 25.0 A

D1F02 Ramp time, power limitation 0.1sec 20.0 0.0 600.0 A
D1F03 Min power limit level 1% 0% 0% 50% S

Drive 1 basic-Brake
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D1G01 Brake function on/off off S

D1G02 Brake close delay (off) 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 10.0 S
D1G03 Brake open indication delay (on) 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 10.0 S
D1G04 Brake monitor delay (on) 0.1sec 5.0 0.0 10.0 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 149/263
5 Parameters

5.2.17 Drive 2 basic

Drive 2 basic-Setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2A01 Speed setpoint S

1=Local 1 1
2=Remote 2
3=Local/remote 3
D2A02 Type of command signal S
1=Unidirectional command 1
2=Bidirectional command 2 2
D2A03 Reset of local setpoint in remote yes/no yes S
mode
D2A04 Reverse input on/off off S
D2A05 Reverse command setpoint 0.1% -20.0 -100.0 -0.1 S
D2A06 Digital command setpoint 0.1% 10.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 2B)
D2A07 Digital command setpoint 0.1% -10.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 2A)
D2A08 Front panel button function on/off on S
D2A09 Digital command setpoint 0.1% 20.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 2D)
D2A10 Digital command setpoint 0.1% -20.0 -100.0 100.0 S
(Active with Digital input =
FIXED 2C)
D2A11 Multipump setpoint limitation on/off on S

Drive 2 basic-Ramp
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2C01 Up ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S

D2C02 Down ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
D2C03 Up ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S
D2C04 Down ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 600.0 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 150/263
5 Parameters

Drive 2 basic-Regulator
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2D01
D2D02 Feed forward function on/off on S
D2D03 Proportional regulator on/off off S
D2D04 Integrating regulator on/off off S
D2D05 Derivation regulator on/off off S
D2D06 Proportional gain 0.1 0.1 0.0 10.0 A
D2D07 Integration time 0.1sec 10.0 0.5 60.0 A
D2D08 Derivation time 0.01sec 0.10 0.01 60.00 A
D2D09 Derivation decline time 0.1sec 0.1 0.1 10.0 A
D2D10 Max feedback deviation 1% 50% 0% 100% S
D2D11 Selection of regulated or non- S
regulated drive
1=Non-regulated drive ( ) 1 1
2=Regulated drive (REG) 2
3=Switching between regulated and 3
non-regulated drive

Drive 2 basic-Feedback
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2E01 Max hydraulic motor shaft speed 0.1rpm 10.0 0.1 2000 S
D2E02 Feedback selection S
1=Digital feedback 1 1
2=Analogue feedback 2
3=No feedback 3
D2E03 Filter time for speed feedback 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 5.00 A

Drive 2 basic-Power limitation

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2F01 Delay time, power limitation 0.1sec 0.5 0.0 25.0 A

D2F02 Ramp time, power limitation 0.1sec 20.0 0.0 600.0 A
D2F03 Min power limit level 1% 0% 0% 50% S

Drive 2 basic-Brake
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

D2G01 Brake function on/off off S

D2G02 Brake close delay (off) 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 10.0 S
D2G03 Brake open indication delay (on) 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 10.0 S
D2G04 Brake monitor delay (on) 0.1sec 5.0 0.0 10.0 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 151/263
5 Parameters

5.2.18 Shredder 1
Shredder 1-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHA01 Reverse control S

1=Pressure, separate sensors 1 1
2=Speed 2
3= Pressure, common sensor 3
SHA02 Reverse stop function S
1=Reverse stop 1
2=Going to forward 2 2
SHA03 Forward delay time before reversal 0.1sec 3.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHA04 Reversal time 0.1sec 10.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHA05 Reverse delay time before stop or 0.1sec 3.0 0.1 60.0 S
going to forward (SHA02)
SHA06 Forward time 0.1sec 10.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHA07 Automatic interval direction function on/off off S
SHA08 Forward time interval for direction 1sec 60 1 600 S
change
SHA09 Reverse time interval for direction 1sec 60 1 600 S
change
SHA10 Selection of regulated drive S
1=Unregulated drive (no feedback) 1 1
2=Regulated drive (feedback) 2
SHA11 Stop trig signal to Drive 2 on/off off S

Shredder 1-Setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHB01 Reverse command set point S

1= Forward command, local or 1 1
remote 2
2=Reverse command set point
(D1A05)
SHB02 Scale factor for reverse command if 1% 100 1 100 S
SHB01 = 1
SHB03 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
SHB04 High pressure level, forward direction 1 200 1 500 S
SHB05 High pressure level, reverse direction 1 200 1 500 S
SHB06 Shredder interval command A 0.1% 75.0 0.1 100.0 S
SHB07 Shredder interval command B 0.1% 50.0 0.1 100.0 S
SHB08 Activation of interval command on/off off S

Shredder 1-Counter
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHC01 Window time for reverse counter 1sec 60 1 600 S

SHC02 Reversal counter 1 5 1 20 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 152/263
5 Parameters

5.2.19 Shredder 2
Shredder 2-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHG01 Reverse control S

1=Pressure, separate sensors 1 1
2=Speed 2
3= Pressure, common sensor 3
SHG02 Reverse stop function S
1=Reverse stop 1
2=Going to forward 2 2
SHG03 Forward delay time before reversal 0.1sec 3.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHG04 Reversal time 0.1sec 10.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHG05 Reverse delay time before stop or 0.1sec 3.0 0.1 60.0 S
going to forward (SHG02)
SHG06 Forward time 0.1sec 10.0 0.1 60.0 S
SHG07 Automatic interval direction function on/off off S
SHG08 Forward time interval for direction 1sec 60 1 600 S
change
SHG09 Reverse time interval for direction 1sec 60 1 600 S
change
SHG10 Selection of regulated drive S
1=Unregulated drive (no feedback) 1 1
2=Regulated drive (feedback) 2
SHG11 Stop trig signal to Drive 1 on/off off S

Shredder 2-Setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHH01 Reverse command set point S

1= Forward command, local or 1 1
remote 2
2=Reverse command set point
(D2A05)
SHH02 Scale factor for reverse command if 1% 100 1 100 S
SHB01 = 1
SHH03 Analog pressure sensor on/off off S
SHH04 High pressure level, forward direction 1 200 1 500 S
SHH05 High pressure level, reverse direction 1 200 1 500 S
SHH06 Shredder interval command A 0.1% 75.0 0.1 100.0 S
SHH07 Shredder interval command B 0.1% 50.0 0.1 100.0 S
SHH08 Activation of interval command on/off off S
SHH09 Interval command activation from on/off off S
drive1

Shredder 2-Counter
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SHI01 Window time for reverse counter 1sec 60 1 600 S

SHI02 Reversal counter 1 5 1 20 S

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 153/263
5 Parameters

5.2.20 Synchro
Synchro-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYA01 Type of synchronisation: S

RATIO = By ratio input (friction) RATIO RATIO
COUNTER = By digital counter COUNTER
(synchro)
SYA02 Master command S
1=Drive 1 Master – Drive 2 Slave 1 1
2=External master - Both drives 2
slaved

Synchro- Drive 1 reset

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYB01 Counter reset command, Drive 1 S

1=Reset by start 1 1
2=External reset 2
SYB02 Input for enable of counter reset, S
Drive1:
1=Electric motors drive 1 start 1 1
2=Drive 1 start 2
3=Digital input, RES EN 1 3

Synchro-Drive 2 setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYC01 Drive 2 low friction limit 1% 70 -300 300 S

SYC02 Drive 2 high friction limit 1% 130 -300 300 S
SYC03 Offset reset by motor start on/off off S
SYC04 Offset for Drive 2 0.1% 0 -49.9 50.0 S

Synchro- Drive 2 indication

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYD01 Synchro indication limit 1% 5 1 50 S

SYD02 Sync time 0.1sec 1.0 0.0 600.0 S

Synchro- Drive 2 reset

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYE01 Counter reset command, Drive 2: S

1=Reset by start 1 1
2=External reset 2
SYE02 Input for enable of counter reset, S
Drive2:
1=Electric motors drive 2 start 1 1
2=Drive 2 start 2
3=Digital input, RES EN 2 3

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 154/263
5 Parameters

Synchro- External Master

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYF01 Up ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 60.0 S

SYF02 Down ramp time forward 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 60.0 S
SYF03 Up ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 60.0 S
SYF04 Down ramp time reverse 0.1sec 2.0 0.0 60.0 S
SYF05 Master max speed 0.1rpm 10.0 0.1 2000 S

Synchro-Drive 1 setpoint
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYG01 Drive 1 low friction limit 1% 70 -300 300 S

SYG02 Drive 1 high friction limit 1% 130 -300 300 S

Synchro-Drive position indication

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SYH01 Drive 1 position scaling 0.01 1.00 0.01 50.0 A

SYH02 Drive 2 position scaling 0.01 1.00 0.01 50.0 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 155/263
5 Parameters

5.2.21 Pressure 1
Pressure 1-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRA01 Pressure control on/off off S1

PRA02 Reverse direction of control action on/off off S1
PRA03 Low pressure control on/off off S1
PRA04 High pressure control on/off off S1
PRA05 Filter time, low pressure control 0,1sec 5 0 30 A
PRA06 Filter time, high pressure control 0,1sec 5 0 30 A

Pressure [Link]
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRB01 Pressure set-point 1 S1

1=Local 1
2=Remote 2
3=Local/Remote 3
PRB02 Local pressure set-point 1bar 200 50 250 A
PRB03 Low limit, pressure set-point 1bar 25 1 50 A
PRB04 High limit, pressure set-point 1bar 25 1 50 A
PRB05 Low limit, PID output 1% 10% 1% 100% A
PRB06 High limit, PID output 1% 10% 1% 100% A
PRB07 Max pressure 1bar 250 0 600 S1
PRB08 PID output breakpoint 1% 20% 0% 100% A

Pressure 1-Regulator
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRC01 Proportional regulator on/off off S1

PRC02 Integrating regulator on/off off S1
PRC03 Derivation regulator on/off off S1
PRC04 Proportional gain 0.1 0.1 0.0 10.0 A
PRC05 Integration time 0.1sec 10.0 0.5 60.0 A
PRC06 Derivation time 0.01sec 0.10 0.01 60.00 A
PRC07 Derivation decline time 0.1sec 0.1 0.1 10.0 A
PRC08 Filter time for pressure feedback 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 2.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 156/263
5 Parameters

5.2.22 Pressure 2
Pressure 2-Function
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRG01 Pressure control on/off off S2

PRG02 Reverse direction of control action on/off off S2
PRG03 Low pressure control on/off off S2
PRG04 High pressure control on/off off S2
PRG05 Filter time, low pressure control 0,1sec 5 0 30 A
PRG06 Filter time, high pressure control 0,1sec 5 0 30 A

Pressure [Link]
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRH01 Pressure set-point 1 S2

1=Local 1
2=Remote 2
3=Local/Remote 3
PRH02 Local pressure set-point 1bar 200 50 250 A
PRH03 Low limit, pressure set-point 1bar 25 1 50 A
PRH04 High limit, pressure set-point 1bar 25 1 50 A
PRH05 Low limit, PID output 1% 10% 1% 50% A
PRH06 High limit, PID output 1% 10% 1% 50% A
PRH07 Max pressure 1bar 250 0 600 S2
PRH08 PID output breakpoint 1% 20% 0% 100% A

Pressure 2-Regulator
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

PRI01 Proportional regulator on/off off S2

PRI02 Integrating regulator on/off off S2
PRI03 Derivation regulator on/off off S2
PRI04 Proportional gain 0.1 0.1 0.0 10.0 A
PRI05 Integration time 0.1sec 10.0 0.5 60.0 A
PRI06 Derivation time 0.01sec 0.10 0.01 60.00 A
PRI07 Derivation decline time 0.1sec 0.1 0.1 10.0 A
PRI08 Filter time for pressure feedback 0.01sec 0.00 0.00 2.00 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 157/263
5 Parameters

5.2.23 Reading 1
Reading 1-Scroll menu
Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R1A01 Text for reading 1 Text Tank temp A

R1A02 Reading 1 *a, *b REG410 A
R1A03 Text for reading 2 Text Reading 2 A
R1A04 Reading 2 *a, *b off A
R1A05 Text for reading 3 Text Reading 3 A
R1A06 Reading 3 *a, *b off A
R1A07 Text for reading 4 Text Reading 4 A
R1A08 Reading 4 *a, *b off A
R1A09 Text for reading 5 Text (R1A10) A
R1A10 Reading 5 *a, *b off A
R1A11 Text for reading 6 Text (R1A12) A
R1A12 Reading 6 *a, *b off A
R1A13 Text for reading 7 Text (R1A14) A
R1A14 Reading 7 *a, *b off A
R1A15 Text for reading 8 Text (R1A16) A
R1A16 Reading 8 *a, *b off A
R1A17 Text for reading 9 Text (R1A18) A
R1A18 Reading 9 *a, *b off A

Reading 1-Left upper

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R1B01 Reading *a REG102 A

Reading 1-Right upper

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R1C01 Reading *a REG106 A

Reading 1-Left lower

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R1D01 Reading *a REG109 A

Reading 1-Right lower

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R1E01 Reading *a REG311 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 158/263
5 Parameters

5.2.24 Reading 2
Reading 2-Scroll menu
Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R2A01 Text for reading 1 Text (R2A02) A

R2A02 Reading 1 *a, *b off A
R2A03 Text for reading 2 Text (R2A04) A
R2A04 Reading 2 *a, *b off A
R2A05 Text for reading 3 Text (R2A06) A
R2A06 Reading 3 *a, *b off A
R2A07 Text for reading 4 Text (R2A08) A
R2A08 Reading 4 *a, *b off A
R2A09 Text for reading 5 Text (R2A10) A
R2A10 Reading 5 *a, *b off A
R2A11 Text for reading 6 Text (R2A12) A
R2A12 Reading 6 *a, *b off A
R2A13 Text for reading 7 Text (R2A14) A
R2A14 Reading 7 *a, *b off A
R2A15 Text for reading 8 Text (R2A16) A
R2A16 Reading 8 *a, *b off A
R2A17 Text for reading 9 Text (R2A18) A
R2A18 Reading 9 *a, *b off A

Reading 2-Left upper

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R2B01 Reading *a REG202 A

Reading 2-Right upper

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R2C01 Reading *a REG206 A

Reading 2-Left lower

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R2D01 Reading *a REG209 A

Reading 2-Right lower

Switch Description Type Default Change
active

R2E01 Reading *a REG321 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 159/263
5 Parameters

*a Possible register readings for display:

Drive 1 Bus
REG101 = Remote input command (%,Actual) REG501 = Bus in 1
REG102 = Speed setpoint (%) REG502 = Bus in 2
REG103 = Input command (%) REG503 = Bus in 3
REG104 = Feed forward command (%) REG504 = Bus in 4
REG105 = Error signal (%) REG505 = Bus in 5
REG106 = Amplifier command (%) REG506 = Bus in 6
REG107 = Speed setpoint (rpm) REG507 = Bus in 7
REG108 = Feed forward command (rpm) REG508 = Bus in 8
REG109 = Digital speed REG509 = Bus in 9
REG110 = Speed feedback (%) REG510 = Bus in 10
REG111 = Pressure command REG511 = Bus digital in 1-8
REG112 = Regulated pressure command REG512 = Bus digital in 9-16
REG113 = Pressure compensation REG513 = Bus digital in 17-24
REG114 = Master command
REG115 = Machine stop angle (°) Digital
REG116 = Regulated error signal REG601 = Digital in 1-8
REG117 = Position angle (°) REG602 = Digital in 9-16
REG603 = Digital in 17-24
Drive 2 REG604 = Digital in 25-32
REG201 = Remote input command (%,Actual) REG605 = Digital in 33-40
REG202 = Speed setpoint (%) REG606 = Digital in 41-43
REG203 = Input command (%) REG607 = Digital out 1-8
REG204 = Feed forward command (%) REG608 = Digital out 9-13
REG205 = Error signal (%) REG609 = Memory cell 1-8
REG206 = Amplifier command (%) REG610 = Memory cell 9-16
REG207 = Speed setpoint (rpm) REG611 = Memory cell 17-24
REG208 = Feed forward command (rpm)
REG209 = Digital speed Compare
REG210 = Speed feedback (%) REG701 = Compared signal 1
REG211 = Pressure command REG702 = Compared signal 2
REG212 = Regulated pressure command REG703 = Compared signal 3
REG213 = Pressure compensation REG704 = Compared signal 4
REG214 = Offset (Synchro) REG705 = Compared signal 5
REG215 = Machine stop angle (°) REG706 = Compared signal 6
REG216 = Regulated error signal
REG217 = Position angle (°) Diagnostic readings
REG221 = Actual ratio (%) REG901 = Control task (ms)
REG902 = Control task max (ms)
Pump signals REG903 = UI task (ms)
REG310 = Amplifier 1 command (%) REG904 = UI task max (ms)
REG311 = Pump 1 current (mA) REG905 = CPU load (%)
REG320 = Amplifier 2 command (%) REG906 = CPU load max (%)
REG321 = Pump 2 current (mA) REG907 = Stack usage, control task (%)
REG330 = Amplifier 3 command (%) REG908 = Stack usage, UI task (%)
REG331 = Pump 3 current (mA) REG909 = Stack usage, serial port (%)
REG340 = Amplifier 4 command (%) REG911 = Calc. resistance pump 1 (ohm)
REG341 = Pump 4 current (mA) REG912 = Calc. resistance pump 2 (ohm)
REG350 = Pump friction (%) REG913 = Calc. resistance pump 3 (ohm)
REG914 = Calc. resistance pump 4 (ohm)
Analog in
REG401 = Analog in 1 off =Output off
REG402 = Analog in 2
REG403 = Analog in 3 *b
REG404 = Analog in 4 DOUT1-13 as on or off (flashing if within timer
REG405 = Analog in 5 time).
REG406 = Analog in 6
REG407 = Analog in 7
REG408 = Analog in 8
REG409 = Analog in 9
REG410 = Tank temp

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 160/263
5 Parameters

5.2.25 Spare functions

Used for added functions during development and test time
Spare functions
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

SPR01 Spare function 1 0 -32768 32767 S

SPR02 Spare function 2 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR03 Spare function 3 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR04 Spare function 4 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR05 Spare function 5 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR06 Spare function 6 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR07 Spare function 7 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR08 Spare function 8 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR09 Spare function 9 0 -32768 32767 S
SPR10 Spare function 10 0 -32768 32767 S

5.2.26 Drive log

Log function – Time Zone
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

Time zone for actual position +11 +1 -23 +23 A

(in relation to UTC/GMT)

Log function – Time/Date

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

Date and time for the drive log YYMMDD HHMM A

(Must be set in UTC/GMT time)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 161/263
5 Parameters

Log function – Serial number

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

NUM System unit serial number ABCDE12-34567 E01P A

Log function – Log 1

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA1 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT1 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI1 Setting of upper limit 56,0 -10000 10000 A
LLO1 Setting of lower limit 40,0 -10000 10000 A
REG1 Choice of register for logging *a REG410 A

Log function – Log 2

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA2 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT2 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI2 Setting of upper limit 20,0 -10000 10000 A
LLO2 Setting of lower limit 4,0 -10000 10000 A
REG2 Choice of register for logging *a REG109 A

Log function – Log 3

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA3 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT3 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI3 Setting of upper limit 20,0 -10000 10000 A
LLO3 Setting of lower limit 4,0 -10000 10000 A
REG3 Choice of register for logging *a REG405 A

Log function – Log 4

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA4 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT4 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI4 Setting of upper limit 20,0 -10000 10000 A
LLO4 Setting of lower limit 4,0 -10000 10000 A
REG4 Choice of register for logging *a REG209 A
Log function – Log 5
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA5 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT5 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI5 Setting of upper limit 20 -10000 10000 A
LLO5 Setting of lower limit 4 -10000 10000 A
REG5 Choice of register for logging *a REG406 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 162/263
5 Parameters

Log function – Log 6

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA6 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT6 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHI6 Setting of upper limit 70,0 -10000 10000 A
LLO6 Setting of lower limit 50,0 -10000 10000 A
REG6 Choice of register for logging *a REG407 A
Log function – Log 7
Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA7 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT7 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHIX7 Setting of upper limit, X axis 20,0 -10000 10000 A
LLOX7 Setting of lower limit, X axis 4,0 -10000 10000 A
REGX7 Choice of register for X axis logging *a REG109 A
LHIY7 Setting of upper limit, Y axis 250 -10000 10000 A
LLOY7 Setting of lower limit, Y axis 130 -10000 10000 A
REGX7 Choice of register for Y axis logging *a REG403 A
LHIZ7 Setting of upper limit, Z axis 56,0 -10000 10000 A
LLOZ7 Setting of lower limit, Z axis 40,0 -10000 10000 A
REGZ7 Choice of register for Z axis logging *a REG410 A

Log function – Log 8

Switch Description Type Default Min Max Change
active

STA8 Status for log register OFF / ON / ON A

RESET
MT8 Measuring time 1h 500 10 5000 A
LHIX8 Setting of upper limit, X axis 20,0 -10000 10000 A
LLOX8 Setting of lower limit, X axis 4,0 -10000 10000 A
REGX8 Choice of register for X axis logging *a REG209 A
LHIY8 Setting of upper limit, Y axis 250 -10000 10000 A
LLOY8 Setting of lower limit, Y axis 130 -10000 10000 A
REGX8 Choice of register for Y axis logging *a REG404 A
LHIZ8 Setting of upper limit, Z axis 56,0 -10000 10000 A
LLOZ8 Setting of lower limit, Z axis 40,0 -10000 10000 A
REGZ8 Choice of register for Z axis logging *a REG410 A

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 163/263
5 Parameters

*a Possible register setting

Drive 1
REG101 = Remote input command Analog in
REG102 = Speed setpoint REG401 = Analog in 1
REG103 = Input command REG402 = Analog in 2
REG104 = Feed forward command REG403 = Analog in 3
REG105 = Error signal REG404 = Analog in 4
REG106 = Amplifier command REG405 = Analog in 5
REG107 = Speed setpoint (rpm) REG406 = Analog in 6
REG108 = Feed forward command (rpm) REG407 = Analog in 7
REG109 = Digital speed REG408 = Analog in 8
REG110 = Speed feedback REG409 = Analog in 9
REG111 = Pressure command REG410 = Tank temp
REG112 = Regulated pressure command
REG113 = Pressure compensation Bus command in
REG114 = Master command REG501 = Bus in 1
REG116 = Regulated error signal REG502 = Bus in 2
REG117 = Position angle (°) REG503 = Bus in 3
REG504 = Bus in 4
Drive 2 REG505 = Bus in 5
REG201 = Remote input command REG506 = Bus in 6
REG202 = Speed setpoint REG507 = Bus in 7
REG203 = Input command REG508 = Bus in 8
REG204 = Feed forward command REG509 = Bus in 9
REG205 = Error signal REG510 = Bus in 10
REG206 = Amplifier command
REG207 = Speed setpoint (rpm) Compare
REG208 = Feed forward command (rpm) REG701 = Compared signal 1
REG209 = Digital speed REG702 = Compared signal 2
REG210 = Speed feedback REG703 = Compared signal 3
REG211 = Pressure command REG704 = Compared signal 4
REG212 = Regulated pressure command REG705 = Compared signal 5
REG213 = Pressure compensation REG706 = Compared signal 6
REG214 = Offset (Synchro)
REG216 = Regulated error signal off =Output off
REG217 = Position angle (°)
REG221 = Actual ratio

Pump signals
REG310 = Amplifier 1 command (%)
REG311 = Pump 1 current (mA)
REG320 = Amplifier 2 command (%)
REG321 = Pump 2 current (mA)
REG330 = Amplifier 3 command (%)
REG331 = Pump 3 current (mA)
REG340 = Amplifier 4 command (%)
REG341 = Pump 4 current (mA)
REG350 = Pump friction

Log function – Reset Time

Reset of time counters for time in use

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 164/263
6 Settings and function

6 Settings and function

Settings of the basic blocks in the software. All settings are for drive 1.
The same procedure is done for drive 2 but with the parameter letter in ().
This also describes the logical order for the system set up.
The list of parameters is found in AS5 and block diagrams with parameters are found in AS7.

The choice of parameters are made by using the directional buttons (◄, ►, ▲ & ▼) (see AS5.1). After a change,
the choice must be updated with the enter button (◄┘). The parameters are updated in the memory when going
back to the Main status reading in the display.
The settings can be protected by a password (MAIN SETTINGS  PROTECTION: MAD01-02).
The drive monitoring function is protected by a separate password under SETUP-LOG FUNCTION.
General system layout
El.m. current signal(s)
El.m. started
Starter(s) El.m. interlock

Setpoint(s)

Customer
Drive control
El.m. 1 El.m. 2 El.m. 3 Spider 2 Digital/analog
Stroker current(s)

indications
Analog indicators

Speed encoder signal(s)

Monitor switches

Pump1 Pump2 Pump3

Pump4

Function:
Drive 1 Basic
Friction
Syncro
Drive 2 Shredder
Pressure

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 165/263
6 Settings and function

6.1 General system setup

6.1.1 System function
In MAIN SETTINGS  FUNCTION: MAA01 the basic function for the drive is selected. The selectable functions for
the system are (see also block diagrams in AS1 and AS7):

 BASIC – The basic and most common function. The function includes monitoring, speed feedback and
power limitation. This is the function that also is selected for monitoring type unit.
 SHREDDER – Same as for BASIC with added functions for reversing by an overload stopped drive.
 SYNCHRO – Same as for BASIC with two drives driven together with FRICTION ratio or position control
between the motors.

The PRESSURE function can be used in combination with all the above functions.

6.1.2 System layout configuration

The configuration is needed for the system to know how

the electric motors are connected to the pumps and how
El.m. 1 El.m. 2 El.m. 3
the pumps are connected to the drives.

Setup procedure in MAIN SETTINGSCONFIGURATION

 To setup the electric motor to pump connection,

set MAB01-04 (pump1-4) to electric motor 1, 2 or Pump1 Pump2 Pump3
3.
 To setup the pump to drive connection, set
MAB05-MAB08 (pump1-4) to drive 1 or 2. Pump4
 Finally set the parameter MAB09 to common or
separate when using two drives depending if the
drive have common function or separate. Drive 1
 If the system has external charge pumps MAB13-
14 has to be set to external.
Drive 2

6.1.3 Front control button bypass

The functions for the drive buttons at the front can be bypassed by setting parameter D1A08 (D2A08) off.

6.1.4 System sample rate

The sample frequency for inputs, outputs and regulators can be set with parameter MAA02. A higher sample
frequency will cause a higher load for the processor so if the load exceeds the value set in parameter a warning will
occur.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 166/263
6 Settings and function

6.2 Speed command

In ANALOG INPUTS-SETPOINT1 (2): AIA(B)01 - 05 the speed setpoint

command source is selected.
Remote setpoint command is a voltage or current signal connected to the Local/remote yes
switching
terminals. The type must be set with parameter AIA(B)01 and with jumper
SP D1(2), see AS4.5. no
D1(2)A01=3
The remote input must be calibrated as described for the analog inputs
(see example in AS6.8). Remote setopint can also be set via fieldbus (for
settings see AS6.15). The inputs are possible to scale with parameter yes
Local command
AIA(B)05. This parameter can be set within a value from 1 to 10 in steps of
0,01. As an example, a parameter value of 2 gives 100% speed command no
at 50% (12mA) physical input level.
D1(2)A01=1 D1(2)A01=2
The local command is set with the increase and decrease buttons on the
front. If external increase/decrease is needed, the local setpoint function
can be paralleled by using configurable digital inputs (See AS5.2.3).
Set type of
command signal
The speed command can be locked to local or remote control or be D1(2)A02
switchable with the local/remote button (set with DxA01).
At local/remote switching the local setpoint command can automatically be set to zero if DxA03 is set to yes.
Otherwise the setting will be held when switching to remote mode. The reset can also be done by using a
configurable digital input.
Local increase/decrease will not effect the local setpoint when running in remote mode.

4 independent fixed speed setpoints for each drive can be set with parameter DxA06-07 and DxA09-10. The
activation is by configurable digital inputs set as 15 FIXED xA, 15 FIXED xB, 15 FIXED xC
or 15 FIXED xD.

6.3 Ramp
The start ramp time is the time it takes for the signal to control the hydraulic pump, to go from zero to 100% if the
speed setpoint is 100% and drive start is activated. The stop ramp is the time it takes to go from 100% to zero when
drive stop is activated.
Drive start and stop are ramped commands (as well as fixed forward, fixed reverse and inch reverse). The start
ramp is controlled by the parameters DxC01 in forward direction and DxC03in reverse direction. The stop ramp is
controlled by the parameters DxC02 in forward direction and DxC04in reverse direction.
The ramp can be set off by using a digital input set to 15 RAMPxOFF.

Example: If the ”up ramp” D1C01 is set to 10 sec. and the down ramp D1C02 is set to
5 sec. we will get the following output.
The example is based on 50 and 100% setpoint.

Speed
Drive start Drive stop

100 %

Stop ramp

50%

Start ramp

0 10 20 25 Time in seconds.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 167/263
6 Settings and function

6.4 Output
6.4.1 PWM frequency
The individual settings for each pump are made in PUMP OUTPUTS (See AS5.2.2)
The outputs are Pulse Width Modulated and the PWM frequency can be set with parameter POx06. The default
setting is 200Hz but the PWM frequency can be set from 100Hz to 2000Hz in steps of 100Hz. See AS6.4.5 for
recommended settings.

POx06
Lower frequency then 2000Hz may damage the Parker Denison 5A2 pump stroker.

6.4.2 Coil resistance

The nominal resistance for the stroker must be set with parameter POx05. The system will measure the current in
the stroker coil and compensate for the resistance change due to increased temperature. See AS6.4.5 for
recommended settings.

6.4.3 Current setting

For output current setting it is easy to use speed indication if a speed encoder is connected (See AS6.11 for setup).

 Make sure the PWM frequency parameter is correct, see AS6.4.1.

 Make sure the coil resistance parameter is correct, see AS6.4.2.
 Make sure the Min current parameters POx01 and POx03 are set according to AS6.4.5.
 Make sure the Max current parameters POx02 and POx04 are set according to AS6.4.5.
 Min current forward, parameter POx01. Start the drive. Increase the current until the drive starts moving
forward, decrease until it stops again. Stop the drive.
 Max current forward, parameter [Link] the drive. Increase the current until full forward speed is
reached. Stop the drive.
 Min current reverse, parameter POx03. Start the drive. Increase the current until the drive starts moving in
reverse, decrease until it stops again. Stop the drive.
 Max current reverse, parameter POx04. Start the drive. Increase the current until full reverse speed is
reached. Stop the drive.

POx01-04
High current may damage the pump stroker solenoid.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 168/263
6 Settings and function

6.4.4 Pump ramp

Each pump can be separately switched off via digital inputs. The ramp settings are common for all pumps with
parameter POF01-02. The ramp is activated with a digital input for each pump. A digital output can indicate that the
pump command is zero.

6.4.5 Nominal data for common pump strokers.

Type: Coil Min Full stroke PWM

impedance current current frequency
5A2 (Parker Denison) 25Ω 0 or 30mA 275mA 2000Hz
9A2 (Parker Denison) 41Ω 160mA 330mA 200Hz
SP40&71 (Bosch Rexroth) 23Ω 200mA 600mA 100Hz
SP125-750 (Bosch Rexroth) 19Ω 270mA 740mA 100Hz
KA (Sauer Danfoss) 20Ω 10mA 85mA 200Hz

Other types Use information in datasheet.

6.4.6 Pump dither

Parameters for pump dither POx07 and POx08 are not used. Reserved for future use.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 169/263
6 Settings and function

6.5 Speed feedback

6.5.1 General

Speed feedback makes it possible to maintain a constant speed at the hydraulic motor shaft. The Spider
compensates for speed deviations due to load changes. To achieve this, a PID regulator is implemented in the
software. This PID regulator compares the actual speed value with the speed set-point. Any deviation between the
two signals is detected as an Error signal and transferred to the PID regulator. The PID regulator has three different
stages.
The proportional part amplifies the Error signal. The Output is proportional to the Error signal.
The Integral stage integrates the Error signal. A small Error signal will over time create a big Integral stage output.
Derivative stage derives the Error signal. A rapid change will create a big output from the derivative stage.
The results from the three different stages are added to the stroker output.

The following Example set-up is based on the following facts:

Analog speed encoder with output signal 4-20mA for 0-25Rpm connected to
Analog input 3.
Drive maximum speed is 22Rpm.
The setup regarding speed feedback is made in the following parameter
menus:
"Drive 1 basic - feedback" (D1E01 - D1E03)
"Analog inputs - Analog in 3" (AIH01 - AIH14)
"Pulse inputs - Drive 1" (P1I01 - PII07)
"Drive 1 basic - regulator" (D1D01 - D1D11)
The setup for Drive 2 is identical but the parameters start with "D2xx"

6.5.2 Speed encoder input signal set-up

The type of speed encoder is determined with parameter D1E02. The possible
settings are:
1. Digital feedback.
2. Analog feedback.
3. No feedback.
In this case this parameter is set to 2 -> Analog feedback.
The maximum hydraulic motor shaft speed is set in parameter D1E01. In this
case the parameter is set to 22rpm.
The speed encoder is hooked up to analog input 3, parameters AIH01 to AIH14
is valid for the set-up. Parameters not mentioned below are left with the factory
setting.
AIH02 and AIH03 are used when calibrating the input. Zero and span
adjustment are possible to make.
AIH05 is set to 25 rpm as that is the range of the speed encoder.
AIH06 is set to rpm.
AIH07 is set to 1 as we want the signal to be presented with one decimal
AIH09 is set to AS1 meaning Analog Speed drive 1.
AIH12 is set to AUX 1 which is set as a warning, activated when 4 mA is
missing. The warning will indicate a broken speed encoder.

6.5.3 Regulator set-up

The Regulator parameters are all gathered under “Drive 1 basic - Regulator”, parameters D1D01 – D1D11.
Below is a description of each parameter.
Parameter D1D11 has the following choices:
1. Non-regulated drive (Blank indication in 4’th position on display line 1)
2. Regulated drive (REG indication in 4’th position on display line 1)
3. Switching between regulated and non-regulated drive.
Parameter must be set to 2 or 3 to achieve speed feedback. In this case parameter D1D11 is set to 3.
The PID regulator is then possible to activate/deactivate from the Spider front with the predefined pushbutton
REG/UNREG.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 170/263
6 Settings and function

D1D01 Sets the regulator function ON or OFF. In this case ON, the regulator is enabled.
D1D02 Feed forward function is set ON or OFF. In this case ON, the speed set-point is put to the stroker
output as an initial value and the regulator compensates for deviations in speed.
If the parameter is set OFF the regulator output will be the only signal to the stroker output.

D1D03 Sets the Proportional regulator stage function ON or OFF. In this case select ON. The proportional
stage reacts proportional to the Error input signal. Action of this stage is determined by parameter
D1D06.

D1D04 Sets the Integrator function ON or OFF. In this case select ON. This function gives the drive a
possibility to reach set-point speed over time. Action of this stage is determined by parameter
D1D07.

D1D05 Sets the Derivative function ON or OFF. In this case select OFF. The derivative stage is used
when very quick speed changes are to be expected at the drive. It reacts on the rate of change at
the Error input signal. The D stage is seldom used due to a difficult tuning procedure. Action of
this stage is set by parameters D1D08 and D1D09.

D1D06 Proportional gain parameter sets the gain of the P-stage. In this case set to 0.5 as a start value. P
gain 0.5 means that half the Error signal input value will be transferred to the stage output.
Proportional stage however, will not make the drive reach set-point speed. There will always be a
remaining Error. The remaining Error value is though depending on the Proportional gain setting.
If the Error signal is small, close to zero, P gain will not produce any output at this stage output.
The P stage always needs an Error signal to modify.

D1D07 Integrator time parameter sets the integration time of the I-stage. In this case set to 10 seconds as
a start value. Integrator time 10 seconds means that the output value of this stage will reach 63%
of the Error signal input value in 10 seconds. Introduction of Integration will eliminate the
remaining Error signal. The actual speed will over time correspond to speed set-point. It can be
compared with a Capacitor that is charged with the Error signal.

D1D08 Derivative time parameter sets the Derivative time of the D stage. In this case it is left at the
default value, 0,1 seconds. Derivative time 0,10 seconds means that the derivative “gain” is a
factor 0,1. The output from this stage is the “gain” factor multiplied with the rate of change of the
Error signal.

D1D09 Derivative decline time parameter sets the Derivative decline time of the D stage. In this case it is
left at default value, 0,1 seconds. Derivative decline time 0,1 seconds means that the output value
from this stage will decline 63 % in 0,1 seconds.

D1D10 Max feedback deviation is the allowed difference between command and actual speed. If this
exceeds for 10sec., the drive will switch over to unregulated drive and give the warning ERROR
TOO LARGE.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 171/263
6 Settings and function

6.5.4 Regulator tuning

The above settings give in most cases a good performance of the drive. However to optimise the parameters the
following method can be used.
In short words the method is as follows:
Increase the proportional gain until the drive starts to oscillate. Note the oscillation time. Reduce the Proportional
gain with 50 %. Set the Integrator time minimum to the double oscillation time value.

This is a recommended step by step list of how to tune the PI regulator:

1. Select UNREG mode.

2. Make sure that stroker currents are correctly adjusted.
3. Deselect the Integrator stage, by setting the parameter D1D04 to Off.
4. Reduce the ramp time setting to zero or as much as the drive can tolerate.
5. Start the drive.
6. Give about 50 % speed command.
7. Select REG mode. This enables the regulator. Check performance of the drive. If the drive starts to
oscillate, stop the drive and reduce the Proportional parameter value.
8. Increase the Proportional gain in small steps. Start and stop the drive. Check the drive stability. When the
drive starts to oscillate try to determine cycle time of the oscillation (the time from one pulse top to the next).
9. Decrease the proportional gain value to half of what set in 8.
10. Activate the Integral part by setting the parameter D1D04 to [Link] the Integrator parameter to minimum
the double oscillation time.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 172/263
6 Settings and function

6.6 Power limitation

Basic function or higher is needed to get the power limitation function.

Power limitation function is not possible in the monitor type spider. Power limitation

Power limitation is aquired by utilizing an analog input for sensing

the electric motor current or other limiting signal. See AS 5.2.6 for setup of the
analog input.
Set analog input
First set the function for the analogue input in for limitation
AS5.2.6:Analog inputs -Analog in x:AIF09-AIN09 toEC1, EC2 or EC3. AIF-AIN09=ECx
Limitation level is set with parameters Analog inputs -Power limit:AIR01-AIR03
Limitation function is set with parameters Drive 1(2) basic - power limitation:
D1(2)F01-D1(2)F02, See AS3.3 for connection and type of analog input.
A min level for the pump control signal by power limitation function can be set Set input type
with parameter DxF03. for limitation
AIF-AIN01
Example for power limitation setting Drive 1, Electric motor 1:

Electric motor = 163A (from data sheet or motor rating plate)

Current transformer 200A = 20mA Set max
We are using analog input 3 for this example. input current
We want to limit electric motor 1 in drive 1. AIF-AIN05

AIH05, Max input = 200

AIH06, Units for indication = A
AIH09, Function => Power limitation = EC1 Set sort of
AIR01, Level for power limitation (e-motor 1) = 163 reading
D1F01, Delay time = the time the power is allowed to be higher AIF-AIN06
then the level (AIR01) before the limit function starts
DIF02, Ramp time = how fast the reaction will be for stroking
down the pump to limitation level
Set function
Example for power limitation setting Drive 2, Electric motor 3: for input
AIF-AIN09
Electric motor = 240A (from data sheet or motor rating plate)
Current transformer 400A = 20mA
We are using analog input 5 for this example.
We want to limit electric motor 3 in drive 2. Set level
for limitation
AIJ05, Max input = 400 AIR01-03
AIJ06, Units for indication = A
AIJ09, function => Power limitation = EC3
AIR03, Level for power limitation (e-motor 3) = 240
D2F01, Delay time = the time the power is allowed to be higher Set filter time
then the level (AIR03) before the limit function starts D1(2)F01
D2F02, Ramp time = how fast the reaction will be for stroking
down the pump to limitation level

Set downramp
time

The ramp time setting must be set by test with the drive. A too short time can D1(2)F02
(By test)
cause oscillation in the system and a too long time will not regulate the current to
the max setting (same function as P regulation, see AS6.5).

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 173/263
6 Settings and function

6.7 Monitoring
The monitoring function is available in all setups. The pre-defined digital inputs (for monitoring) must be set to off if
monitoring is not wanted. See setup of digital inputs under AS 5.2.3.

6.7.1 Functions for monitoring

The pre-programmed functions can be used on any of the 43 digital inputs that are available. The pre-programmed
functions have 4 different types of indication:
Warning = indication on the display and by a digital output if this function is set (see AS6.10)
Alarm = indication on the display and by a digital output if this function is set (see AS6.10)
This function will stop the drive without ramp and after a short delay open the electric motor interlock output to stop
the motor.
Interlock = same as alarm but without stopping the electric motor.
Disable = same as alarm but without indication in the drive log.
The Warning, Alarm and Interlock indications must be reset in the Alarm/Warning list after the reason for the
indication is fixed (see AS 4.3). The pre-programmed functions are described in AS 6.9.2.

6.7.2 Extra monitoring input

There are 20 pre-programmed auxiliary channels that can be used for different functions. One is the monitoring
function. If any of the digital inputs is configured as AUX x (see AS5.2.3, Digital inputs: 13 AUX x) the function for
the input will be monitoring The function Alarm, Warning, Disable or Interlock for the input, time delay, memory for
the input and the text to be in the alarm/warning list can be set, see AS5.2.11, Setup – Aux monitor.
For channel 17-20 a second function with a separate time delay can be set (normally used when a filter alarm is
used).

Example: Digital input 25 as warning input for LUBRICATION Drive 1.

See AS 3.3 for electrical connection of digital inputs.

Set parameter Setup - Digital inputs- DIN25: AUX1.
Set parameter Setup - Aux monitor - Aux 1: AMA01 to W1 (warning drive 1).
Set AMA03 (memory bypass) to preferred function:

(If memory bypass = off: Warning indication will be activated if input is opened
Warning indication will remain if input is closed.
and must be reset in Alarm / warning menu).
(If memory bypass = on: Warning indication will be activated if input is opened
Warning indication will disappear if input is closed).

Set AMA02 to needed delay time between opened input and warning indication.
Set the text in AMA04 to LUBRICATION by using ,  and  buttons.

NOTE: The line has to be filled with blank characters by pushing  until the line is filled.

Available characters are all possible characters for the display. For Chinese characters a VFD display must be
mounted and switch SW3-1 must be set to off.

Setup of this function can either be done on the Spider front or via SpiderCom program.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 174/263
6 Settings and function

6.7.3 Electric motor interlock outputs

There are 3 normally high digital outputs for interlock of the electric motors (shall be connected via a relay in the
electric motor stop circuit). The interlock output will open time-delayed after an Alarm.
The delay time is set in Setup-Drive monitor-Emotor interlock: DMD01-DMD03.
See AS 3.4.2 for electrical connection. The interlock is dependent on how the configuration is done in Setup-Main
settings-Configuration, see AS6.1 for description.

The normal stop sequence at alarm:

The output to the pump is set to zero without ramp.
After a time delay (settable) the electric motor interlock is opened.

If separate charge pumps are used, digital outputs can be used for interlock of the charge pump electric motors.
The off delay time can be set with parameters DMD04-05.

6.7.4 Monitoring outputs

There are 13 digital outputs that can be configured in Setup – Digital outputs.
They can be used for monitoring of sum Alarm, sum Warning, sum Interlock or monitoring of a digital input.
It is possible to use an auxiliary function only for controlling a digital output. AMx01 is then set to OFF and a digital
output must be addressed to the aux function.
See AS6.10 for possible settings and functions for the digital outputs.

6.7.5 Tank temp monitoring

The tank temperature can be monitored with digital or analog signal selected by parameter TMB01. For digital type
input functions must be selected, see AS6.9.
The choice of analog sensor can be of Pt100 type (standard) connected to prepared inputs or standard analog
signal type connected to a configurable analog input. If a configurable analog input is used the function is set to
TANK A. Configurable input selection will disconnect the Pt100 type input. By using an analog sensor the switch
levels for Alarm, Warning, Filter interlock, Min temp, Cooling control, Heating control and Flushing control can be set
within preset limits. All switches except filter interlock can be monitored on digital outputs if needed.

Function Default Setting [°] Hysteresis [°] On [°] Off [°]

Alarm 63 (TMB03) -- 63 63 (must be reset)

Interlock 60 (TMB21) -- 60 60 (must be reset)

Warning 55 (TMB04) -- 55 55 (must be reset)

Cooling 40 (TMB05) 3 (TMB06) 40 (rising temp) 37

See AS6.27
Filter interlock 0 (TMB07) -- 0 0

Heating 15 (TMB08) 3 (TMB09) 15 (falling temp) 18

Min 10 (TMB10) -- 10 10

Flush heating 30 (TMB11) 3 (TMB12) 30 (falling temp) 33

See AS6.23 10 (TMB14) 3 (TMB15) 10 (rising temp) 7
Flushing min 0 (TMB13) 3 3 (rising temp) 0

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 175/263
6 Settings and function

6.7.6 Alarm stop

As default, the command output to the pumps will be set to zero without ramp to stop the system as fast as
possible. In some applications it can cause mechanical damage to set the outputs quickly to zero. An alarm ramp
time can be set with parameter MAB10 to allow the system to do a controlled stop.

6.7.7 Tank level sensor

The sensor is to be used instead of tank level switch. The analog function must be activated by setting analog level
sensor parameter TMC01 = yes.

The value for maximum and minimum tank level has to be set in analog input.
Example:
Tank volume 2000 litres.
Sensor level for min is1400 litres (gives 4mA) and for max 1950 litres (gives 20mA).

Select function “TANK A” for the used analog input with parameter Aix09,.
Parameter AIx04 has to be set to 1400 and parameter AIx05 has to be set to 1950. The sensor will give an active
output signal between 1400 and 1950 litres.

TMC03 sets the trigger level for alarm.

TMC04 sets the trigger level for warning.
TMC05 sets the level for indication to stop the fill pump.
TMC06 sets the trigger level for overflow of tank. Will create a warning indication.
All levels must be set within the span set for the sensor, in this case 1400 to 1950.
All levels will be indicated on fieldbus and can be indicated with digital outputs.

6.8 Analog inputs

All analog inputs can be used for current or voltage signals.
Spider has 12 analog inputs. 2 are dedicated for speed setpoint drive 1 and drive 2.
The 9 remaining inputs are general and can be used for different purposes (see below).
Analog input setpoint1, setpoint2 and analog in1-2 is isolated with it's own reference ground.
Analog input 3-9 is isolated but with common reference ground with the power supply.

All analog inputs can be connected to current or voltage signals. The function and the zero - and maxpoint of the
input must be set (see AS5.2.6).
The function settings are described for each function in AS6.5 for Analog speed feedback, AS6.6 for power
limitation AS6.12 for Shredder pressure, AS6.13 for Synchro offset, AS6.14 for
Pressure control and AS6.24 for hydraulic motor temp monitoring.

AIx15 and AIx16 can be used for filtering if the signal is unstable. The setting gives the measuring and average time
of the input value before presented on the display (AIx15) or used for control (AIx16).

Example of zero and maxpoint setting:

Speed setpoint with a 0-10V signal for drive 1. 10 V corresponds to 100% speed, parameter AIA01=0-10V.

Monitor the signal in REG101 (see AS5.2.20).

Connect a 0 V signal to the terminals for analog 1 (+ to terminal AI1:5 and – to terminal AI1:6).
Adjust parameter AIA02 until the reading switches over from 1% to 0%.
Connect a 10V signal to the terminals.
Adjust parameter AIA03 until the reading switches over from 99% to 100%.
Repeat adjustments for 0 and 10V until the right reading is achieved. As a test, check that the reading at 5.0V (50%)
is 50%.

Analog in 4 with a 4-20mA signal for power limitation drive 1. 20 mA corresponds to 200A, parameter AII01=4-20mA
and AII06=A

For settings of power limitation, see AS6.6.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 176/263
6 Settings and function

Monitor the signal in REG403 (see AS5.2.20).

Connect a 4mA signal to the terminals for analog 3 (+ to terminal AI2:7 and – to terminal AI2:8).
Adjust parameter AII02 until the reading switches over from 1A to 0A.
Connect a 20mA signal to the terminals.
Adjust parameter AII03 until the reading switches over from 199A to 200A.
Repeat adjustments for 4 and 20mA until the right reading is achieved. As a test, check that the reading at 12mA
(50%) is 100A.

6.9 Digital inputs

The digital inputs on terminal EI1, DI1, DI2, DI3, DI4, DI5 are all 24VDC functions and are preconfigured as shown
in AS3.7 terminal list.:

-Electric motor started inputs

-Input signals from power unit
-Configurable inputs
-Supply for the inputs

6.9.1 Electric motor started inputs

The electric motor started inputs are to bypass the Charge pressure alarm at electric motor stop and to prevent
against control current to the pump coils at stop. It also controls the cooling control when an
analog temperature transducer is used.

6.9.2 Configurable inputs

The configurable digital inputs can be used for control and monitoring.
The following functions are common for all inputs
1 Function only for drive 1
2 Function only for drive 2
12, 1+2 Function for both drives
1..x Same function for all inputs with number 1 to x

A=Alarm, W=Warning, I=Interlock, C=Control

Abbreviation Description Normal status Function

for input
01 H APR P(1..4) High pressure A-side monitor function for pump High, low at high W
For monitoring of pump high pressure in forward pressure
direction.

01 H BPR P(1..4) High pressure B-side monitor function for pump High, low at high W
For monitoring of pump high pressure in reverse pressure
direction.

02 H APR High pressure A-side monitor function for drive 1 High, low at high W
D(1,2,12) For monitoring of drive high pressure in forward pressure
direction.

02 H BPR High pressure B-side monitor function for drive 1 High, low at high W
D(1,2,12) For monitoring of drive high pressure in reverse pressure
direction.

03 C PRA P(1..4) Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for High, low at low A
pump pressure
For monitoring of pump low charge pressure in
forward direction

03 C PRB P(1..4) Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for High, low at low A
pump pressure
For monitoring of pump low charge pressure in
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 177/263
6 Settings and function

reverse direction

04 C PRA D(1,2) Low charge pressure A-side monitor function for High, low at low A
drive pressure
For monitoring of drive low charge pressure in
reverse direction

04 C PRB D(1,2) Low charge pressure B-side monitor function for High, low at low A
drive pressure
For monitoring of drive low charge pressure in
reverse direction

05 SUCTION(1..4) Suction line monitor for pump High, low on A

For monitoring of suction line indicator closed closed oil line

05 ACC A P(1..4) A-side accumulator monitor for pump High, low at low A
For monitoring of precharged pressure in pressure
accumulator
05 ACC B P(1..4) B-side accumulator monitor for pump High, low at low A
For monitoring of precharged pressure in pressure
accumulator
05 ACC A D(1,2) A-side accumulator monitor for Drive High, low at low A
For monitoring of precharged pressure in pressure
accumulator
05 ACC B D(1,2) B-side accumulator monitor for Drive High, low at low A
For monitoring of precharged pressure in pressure
accumulator

06 RF 75P(1..4) Monitor of return filter for pump clogged to 3/4 High, low on filter W
Only applicable when using two level filter clogged
indicators.

06 RF 100P(1..4) Monitor of return filter for pump fully clogged High, low on filter W/(A)
For monitoring of fully clogged filter (must be clogged
exchanged)

06 CF 75P(1..4) Monitor of charge filter for pump clogged to 3/4 High, low on filter W
see 06 RF 75P1 clogged

06 CF 100P(1..4) Monitor of charge filter for pump fully clogged High, low on filter W/(A)
see 06 RF 100P1 clogged

06 DF(1,2) 75 Monitor of drain filter clogged to 3/4 High, low on filter W

see 06 RF 75P1 clogged

06 DF(1,2) 100 Monitor of drain filter fully clogged High, low on filter W/(A)
see 06 RF 100P1 clogged

06 AUXF 75 Monitor of aux filter clogged to 3/4 High, low on filter W

see 06 RF 75P1 clogged

06 AUXF 100 Monitor of aux filter fully clogged High, low on filter W/(A)
see 06 RF 100P1 clogged

06 F TEMP Interlock of filter warning inputs High, low on temp W

Used when external temp interlock wanted for above set value
filter functions

07 LO LEVEL Low oil level monitor for tank High, low when W
Monitors Low oil level in PU tank below set level

07 MN LEVEL Min oil level monitor for tank High, low when A
Monitors Min oil level in PU tank below set level
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 178/263
6 Settings and function

08 MAX TEMP Max oil temp monitor for tank High, low when A
Monitors max set temp. in PU tank above set temp

08 HI TEMP High oil temp monitor for tank High, low when W
Monitors high set temp. in PU tank above set temp l

08 MIN TEMP Low oil temp monitor for tank High, low when A
Monitors low set temp. in PU tank below set temp

09 ALARM R Remote reset of alarms and warnings Low, High=Reset C

09 BUS R Reset of alarms and warnings via bus High=Reset via C

bus
09 BUS (1,2) Switching to Bus command signals for Drive High=Bus drive C

09 BUS M Switching to Bus command signal, External High=Bus ext. C

master master
09 LAMPTEST Closing of selected digital outputs. Normally used Low, C
for lamptest of external panel. High=Closing of
outputs

09 EMSTOP Machine stop input not using the hardware High, Low = C
shutdown function Machine stop

10 SHR A Shredder forward stop High, low for stop C

D(1,2,1+2)

10 SHR B Shredder reverse stop High, low for stop C

D(1,2,1+2)

10 INTERV(1,2) Interval control of shredder High=Interval C

10 SH RES (1,2,12) External reset of Shredder blocked function High=Reset C

11 PL(1,2) Activate power limitation High= Power limit C

11 P(1..4)OFF Ramp down pump in multiple pump systems Low, High = C

Ramp down

12 RES EN (1,2) External enable of counter reset in Synchro mode High=Enable of C

reset input

12 FRICTION Friction drive in Synchro counter mode High=Friction C

drive

12 INV M Inverting of master speed command in Synchro High=Inverting of C

mode, Drive 1 speed command

13 AUX (1..20) Connected to Monitor Auxiliary input High, low for A/W/I
indication

14 START (1,2,12) Drive start in Remote mode High=Start C

14 L START(1,2) Drive start in Local mode High pulse=Start C

14 L STOP(1,2) Drive stop in Local mode High, Low C

pulse=stop

15 FIXED Fixed speed A Low, High for C

(1,2,1+2)A Level set in menu Fixed speed

15 FIXED Fixed speed B Low, High for C

(1,2,1+2)B Level set in menu Fixed speed
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 179/263
6 Settings and function

15 FIXED Fixed speed C Low, High for C

(1,2,1+2)C Level set in menu Fixed speed

15 FIXED Fixed speed D Low, High for C

(1,2,1+2)D Level set in menu Fixed speed

15 L REV (1,2) Local Reverse drive with fixed speed Low, High for C
Reverse

15 L FORW (1,2) Local Forward drive in manual mode, Shredder Low, High for C
Forward

15 INV (1,2) Inverting of speed command at unidirectional Low, High for C

drive Inverting of speed
command

15 RAMP(1,2)OFF Bypass of ramp Low, High for zero C

ramp

16 SP UP(1,2) Increase set point in Local mode High pulse = C

increase 1%

16 SP DN(1,2) Decrease set point in Local mode High pulse = C

decrease 1%

16 SP RES(1,2) Reset of set point in Local mode High pulse = reset C

16 REM (1,2,1+2) Remote mode High=Remote C

Low=Local

17 AUTO (1,2,1+2) Shredder Auto mode High=Auto C

Low=Manual

18 REG (1,2,1+2) Closed loop speed feedback active High=Active C

Low=Open loop

18ERR(1,2,1+2) Reset of error too large function High pulse = reset C

RES

19 EMOTOR (1..3) High temp electric motor monitor function High=Temp OK A

19 AUX ST Start of electric motor for aux pump High = start C

Low = Temp
control

19 FLUSH ON Indication of started flush motor High=Motor C

started
Low=Motor
stopped

19 CPUMPD(1,2) Indication of started Charge pump motor High=Motor C

stopped
Low=Motor
started

19 SUCT AUX Suction line monitor for Aux pump High, low with A
For monitoring of suction line indicator closed closed suction line

19 AUX EMOT High temp electric motor 1 monitor function High=Temp OK A

19 BRAKE(1,2)OP Indication of brake open High=Brake open C

Low=Brake
closed
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 180/263
6 Settings and function

19 EM(1..3)START Indication of started main electric motor High=Motor C

stopped
Low=Motor
started

20 PR REM (1,2) Pressure control remote setpoint High=Remote C

Low=Local

20 PR HI (1,2) Set pressure control output to max speed-up level High=Max output C
Low=Normal
control

20 PR LO (1,2) Set pressure control output to max slow-down High=Min output C

level Low=Normal
control

20 PR ON (1,2) Activate pressure control function High=Active C

Low=Not used

21 MEM(01..24) Set memory cell for drive logic digital block High pulse = set C
cell

21 off Not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 181/263
6 Settings and function

6.10 Digital outputs

6.10.1 Electric motor interlock outputs

The electric motor interlock outputs must be connected via a 24VDC relay to the starter electric stop circuit. The
output is high when it is allowed to run the electric motor and will open by an alarm, if the Machine stop input is
open or by the microprocessor watchdog (controls the program function).
The output relays are monitored to detect faulty relay contacts. At system power-up and when all e-motors are
stopped, the relays will be tested if the Machine stop input not is open. To avoid faulty alarms from the relays, they
will be switched on and off 5 times to remove oxidation from the contacts before the test.

6.10.2 Configurable outputs

The configurable digital outputs can be used for control and monitoring, set with parameterDOx01.
The following functions are common for all outputs
1 Indication only from drive 1
2 Indication only from drive 2
1+2 Indication from drive 1 or drive 2
1*2 Indication that both drive 1 and drive 2 are affected
1...x Same function for all outputs with number 1 to x

Output function

Abbreviation Function Normal status for

output
01 A(1,2, 1+2) Monitoring of common alarm Open, closed at
alarm

01 W(1,2, 1+2) Monitoring of common warning Open, closed at

warning

01 INT(1, 2, 1+2) Monitoring of common interlock Open, closed at

interlock

01 D(1,2,1+2) Monitoring of common disable Open, closed at

disable

02 START(1, 2, 1+2, 1*2) Drive started Open, closed at

start

03 READY(1, 2, 1+2, 1*2) Drive ready to use after start delay Open, closed
when ready
04 REMOTE(1, 2) Drive in remote mode Open, closed in
remote mode

04 BUS(1, 2, M) Drive or external master in bus mode Open, closed in

bus mode

05 AUTO(1, 2) Shredder in Auto drive mode. Open, closed in

auto mode

05 REG(1, 2) Drive with regulated speed feedback. Open, closed in

regulated mode

06 PLIM(1, 2, 1+2) Power limit active Open, closed at

active limitation

06 P(1..4)OFF Swashangle command for pump set to zero Open, closed at

command zero

07 FORW(1, 2) Drive running with forward command Open, closed at

forward run
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 182/263
6 Settings and function

07REV(1, 2) Drive running with reverse command Open, closed at

reverse run

08 C ZERO Counters in Synchro counter function reset and synchro Open, closed at
function activated activated
synchronisation

08 SYNCHRO Synchronisation within the set limits. Open, closed

when within limits

09 AOUT(1...4) Register for analog output has negative sign Open, closed
when negative

10 EMOTD(1, 2, 1+2, 1*2) Electric motor(s) for drive started Open, closed
when started

10 EMOT(1..3) Electric motor started Open, closed

when started

10 EM INT(1..3) Electric motor interlocked, not monitored contacts Open, closed

when OK to start

10 CP INT(1..2) Charge pump motor interlock, not monitored contacts Open, closed
when OK to start

11 LOW TEMP Indication for min oil temp active Open, closed
when active

11 HI TEMP Indication for high oil temp active Open, closed

when active

11 HI TEMPI Indication for high oil temp interlock active Open, closed
when active

11 COOL CONI Start cooling interlocked with electric motor started Open, closed for
(with analog temp sensor) cooling

11 COOL COND Start cooling controlled directly from temp sensor Open, closed for
(with analog temp sensor) cooling

11 COOLFWD Start cooling forward interlocked with electric motor started Open, closed for
(with analog temp sensor used in conjunction with COOLREV) cooler forward

11 COOLREV Start cooling reverse interlocked with electric motor started Open, closed for
(with analog temp sensor used in conjunction with COOLFWD) cooler reverse

11 HEAT CON Start heating (with analog temp sensor) Open, closed for
heating

11 FLUSHCON Control of flushing circuit (with analog temp sensor) Open for cooling,
closed for
heating

11 ST AUXP Start aux pump electric motor Open, closed for

start

11 FL TEMP Indication of flush motor stand-by temp active. Default below Open, closed for
8°C rising and above 5°C falling temp. indication

11 MN DRTMP Indication of min drain temp interlock of flush pump Open, closed at
min temp

11 MX LEVEL Indication of tank overfill level Open, closed

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 183/263
6 Settings and function

above max level

11 FULL Indication of tank filling stop level Open, closed

above normal
level

11 LO LEVEL Indication of tank low level Open, closed

below low level

11 MN LEVEL Indication of tank min level Open, closed

below min level

12 P(1, 2) C ACT Pressure control of output active Open, closed at

pressure control

12 P(1, 2) HI CA High Pressure control of output active Open, closed at

pressure control

12 P(1, 2) LO CA Low Pressure control of output active Open, closed at

pressure control

12 P(1, 2) MAX Pressure control regulator saturated Open, closed at

saturation

13 SH BLCK(1, 2) Shredder blocked in auto mode Open, closed

when blocked

13 RESET(1, 2, 1+2) Front panel reset button activated. Will give a 1 sec pulse Open, closed
pulse at
activation

12 OPEN BR(1, 2) Control of brake valve Open, closed for

brake opening

14 AUX(1...20) Auxillary function active Open, closed

when active

15 DIN(1..43) Output activated by digital input Open, closed by

digital input

16 BDIN(1..24) Output activated by bus digital input Open, closed by

bus digital input

17 C PRA P(1..4) Low charge pressure on A-side. Interlocked by stopped Open, closed at
electric motor. low pressure

17 C PRB P(1..4) Low charge pressure on B-side. Interlocked by stopped Open, closed at
electric motor. low pressure

18 B COL (11..42) Output set/reset by front panel switch. Toggling

19 MEM (01..24) Indication of status for memory cell used in Drive logic function Open, closed by
high memory cell
status
off Output not used

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 184/263
6 Settings and function

6.10.3 Inverted function

An output can get inverted function to normal status by setting parameter DOx02 to yes.

6.10.4 Delayed function

An output can get a time delay by parameter DOx04. The time for the delay is set with parameter DOx03.
The function can be set to:

NO No delay

ON On delay From the moment when the function for the output is activated, the output will
not be active until the delay time is passed.

OFF Off delay From the moment when the function for the output is deactivated, the output will
be still active until the delay time is passed.

ONOFF Onoff delay Combination of on and off delay.

PULSE Output pulse From the moment when the function for the output is activated, the output will
be active only during the delay time.

6.10.5 Lamp test

Selected digital outputs can be activated by a digital input set as 09 LAMPTEST if parameter DOx05 is set to yes.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 185/263
6 Settings and function

6.11 Signal monitor

The signal monitor is the reading of the process values (REGxx) indicated with a frame in the block diagrams, see
AS7. It is possible to select and monitor 4 fixed values and a scroll list of up to 9 values on each display. The
possible settings are found in AS5.2.20 and is set in Reading 1(2).
The readings can be used to show process values during drive but can also be used for troubleshooting. The
internal values are normally indicated as a % value

6.11.1 Setpoint indication

The setpoint for the speed can be indicated as a % value with REG102(202). If the setpoint should be indicated as a
rpm value this can be monitored with REG107(207). For this indication parameter D1(2)E01 must be set to the
speed corresponding to 100% command.

6.11.2 Analog input indication

The analog inputs can be indicated with REG 40x where x stands for the input number between 1 to 9, eg. REG 405
for analog input 5. For each input the units can be set with parameter AIx06 and the number of decimals with
parameter AIx07. The reading can also be scaled to fit eg. a conveyor speed with parameter AIx08.

6.11.3 Analog bus input indication

The analog inputs from the fieldbus can be indicated with REG 50x where x stands for the input number between 1
to 10, eg. REG 502 for analog input 2. For each input the units can be set with parameter BAx03 and the number of
decimals with parameter BAx04.

6.11.4 Temperature indication

A PT100 Analog temperature sensor can be indicated with REG 410. Temperature is normally indicated as C. If
the unit is changed to F the reading is automatically calculated.

6.11.5 Pump output indication

For the pump controls the current to the coil can be indicated in mA with REG3x1 where x stands for the pump
number eg. REG 321 for pump 2.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 186/263
6 Settings and function

6.11.6 Internal indications

The internal indications can be used for troubleshooting or as indications during setup.
Register Function Reading
REG 101(201) Input command % or actual signal
REG102(202) Speed setpoint %
REG107(207) Speed setpoint rpm
REG103(203) Input command %
REG104(204) Ramped command %
REG108(208) Ramped command rpm
REG105(205) Speed error signal %
REG106(206) Input to output amplifier %
REG110(210) Speed signal %
REG111(211) Pressure command %
REG112(212) Regulated pressure command %
REG113(213) Pressure compensation %
REG114 Master command %
REG115(215) Stop angle °
REG116(216) Regulated error signal %
REG117(217) Position angle from reset point °
REG221 Actual ratio REG206/REG106*100 %

REG 310 Pump 1 command %

REG 320 Pump 2 command %
REG 330 Pump 3 command %
REG 340 Pump 4 command %
REG 350 Pump friction for output 3 or 4 %

6.11.7 Diagnostic readings

The diagnostic readings can be used for checking the load of the microcontroller.
REG 901 Time for the internal PC task (msec)
REG 902 Max time for the internal PC task (msec)
REG 903 Time for the internal UI task (msec)
REG 904 Max time for the internal UI task (msec)
REG 905 CPU load (%)
REG 906 Max CPU load (%)
REG 907 Stack usage, PC task (%)
REG 908 Stack usage, UI task (%)
REG 909 Stack usage, serial port (%)
REG 911 Calculated resistance, pump 1 (ohm)
REG 912 Calculated resistance, pump 2 (ohm)
REG 913 Calculated resistance, pump 3 (ohm)
REG 914 Calculated resistance, pump 4 (ohm)

6.11.8 Digital readings

The digital readings are used to indicate digital inputs and outputs.
The signals are indicated in binary form with LSB (Least Significant Bit) to the right.
REG 601 Digital in 8...1
REG 602 Digital in 16…9
REG 603 Digital in 24…17
REG 604 Digital in 32…25
REG 605 Digital in 40…33
REG 606 Digital in 43…41
REG 607 Digital out 8...1
REG 608 Digital out 13...9
REG 609 Memory cell 8...1
REG 610 Memory cell 16...9
REG 611 Memory cell 24...17

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 187/263
6 Settings and function

6.11.9 Bus analog readings

The bus analog readings are used to indicate analog inputs via fieldbus.
REG 501 Analog input 1
REG 502 Analog input 2
REG 503 Analog input 3
REG 504 Analog input 4
REG 505 Analog input 5
REG 506 Analog input 6
REG 507 Analog input 7
REG 508 Analog input 8
REG 509 Analog input 9
REG 510 Analog input 10

6.11.10 Bus digital readings

The bus readings are used to indicate digital inputs via fieldbus.
The signals are indicated in binary form with LSB (Least Significant Bit) to the right.
REG 511 Digital in 8…1
REG 512 Digital in 16…9
REG 513 Digital in 24…17
REG 514 Digital in 25...32

6.11.11 Compare signals

Six compare registers can be used for monitoring or indication of combined signals.

REG 701 Result, compare register 1.

REG 702 Result, compare register 2.
REG 703 Result, compare register 3.
REG 704 Result, compare register 4.
REG 705 Result, compare register 5
REG 706 Result, compare register 6

The result is calculated by using up to three registers (A,B,C) and one constant (K) as inputs to a formula
(Operation).It is possible to perform basic arithmetic and use common math functions.
The result can be connected to any analog input function, or indicated on the spider display.

For detailed information of how to use the compare registers, see AS6.26

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 188/263
6 Settings and function

6.11.12 Scroll menu

For each reading in the scroll list it is possible to set a text and a REG. The text and the REG will be shown on the
same line.
The scroll list is activated by ◄ for left display and by ►for right display and active list is indicated with two arrows
on the scroll list. The scrolling is done with ▲ or ▼ and only the activated indications will be shown.
The scrolling will be active 10sec after ▲ or ▼ is used and have to be activated again for scrolling
Example:
Tank temp and a pressure transducer on analog in 3 indicated on display 2:
R2A01 - TANK TEMP
R2A02 – REG401
R2A03 – PRESSURE
R2A04 – REG403

Will give:
→ TANK TEMP 37.8ºC ←
PRESSURE 143bar
▲ or ▼ will alter between these two readings.

It is possible to indicate digital outputs as on/off.

Example:
R1A01 - ALARM
R1A02 – DOUT 1
R1A03 – WARNING
R1A04 – DOUT 2

Digital out 1 set to indicate common Alarm and Digital out 2 to indicate common warning.

Will give:
→ ALARM off ←
WARNING on

Status of digital out will be indicated with on or off. If the output is set with time delay a flashing "on" will be shown
during on delay time and a flashing "off" during off delay time.

6.11.13 Machine stop angle indication

The movement angle of the roll between activated Machine stop and actual stop can be indicated in ° with
REG115(215). This function requires digital speed encoder.

6.11.14 Position angle indication

If digital speed encoders are used the angle of the drive rotation from zero point can be indicated with REG
117(217). If the motor shaft is geared to the machine the reading can be scaled with parameter SYH01(02). The
zero point can be set acc. to AS6.13.3.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 189/263
6 Settings and function

6.12 Shredder
The selection of shredder function is made by setting parameter MAA01 to SHREDDER (see AS6.1).
The specific parameters are found in SETUP – SHREDDER 1(2).

In shredder all features described in 6.1.- 6.11 are avaliable except for the possibility to switch between speed
regulated and non-regulated drive. The selection of speed regulation has to be set with parameter SHA(G)10.
The added functions are for the reversals by an overloaded drive.
The shredder has two drive modes, manual and auto.

In manual drive mode the forward button (or by configurable input set as L FORW1(2) is used for running forward
and the reverse button (or by configurable input set as L REV1(2) is used for running reverse. The drive will run as
long as the input is activated and stop when input is opened. The reversing function is bypassed in manual drive.

In auto drive mode the start button (or by configurable input set as L START1(2) starts the drive with the automatic
reversing function and is stopped with the stop button(or by configurable input set as L STOP1(2). A configurable
digital input can be used for start in remote mode.

The switching between manual and auto is made with the MAN/AUT button or with a configurable digital input (will
bypass the button).
A digital output can be used for indication of auto mode.

6.12.1 Speed setpoint

The forward speed setpoint is handled as described in AS6.2 but must be a positive signal. The reverse speed
setpoint can be the inverted forward setpoint scaled with parameter SHB(H)02 (e.g. reverse always 50% of forward
speed) or a fixed command set with parameter SHB(H)01 and SETUP – DRIVE 1(2) BASIC: D1(2)A05.

Setpoint is also possible to get from 2 fixed registers SHB(H)06-07 if interval function command SHB(H)08 is set on.
The speed command will be switched between the 2 setpoints with the interval time. Note that this command will be
added to the normal local/reverse command.

6.12.2 Overload detection

The detection of overloaded drive is made with parameter SHA(G)01. The selection can be between:

1. Digital signals from pressure switches or digital signals thresholded via analog pressure sensors.
The choice is made with parameter SHB(H)03 Analog pressure sensor.
2. Speed encoder to detect stopped drive
3. One pressure transducer in a common pressure port for both directions

6.12.3 Reverse counter

The number of reversals within a limited time window can be set with parameter SHC(I)01 and 02 for stopping the
drive. If the function is not wanted the time window can be set to 1. If the counter setting is reached the drive will go
to manual and the warning text SHREDDER BLOCKED will appear in the alarm/warning list. The warning must be
reset before auto start is possible. The warning can also be reset by a configurable digital input.

6.12.4 Reverse blocking

The function if the drive blocks during reverse drive can be set with parameter SHA(G)02.
If 1(Stop) is selected the same result will appear as if the counter setting is reached.
If 2(Forward) is set the drive will switch back to forward drive without stopping.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 190/263
6 Settings and function

6.12.5 Interval timer

A function for a preset forward/reverse interval can be swiched on by parameter SHA(G)07 or by a configurable
digital input set to INTERV 1(2).
The forward drive time is set by parameter SHA(G)08 and the reverse drive time is set by parameter SHA(G)09.

6.12.6 Reversal synchronisation

Drive 1 and drive 2 shredders can be set to do a common reversal if one of the shafts are stopped.
Drive 1 reversal is connected to Drive 2 with parameter SHA11. Drive 2 reversal is connected to Drive 1 with
parameter SHG11.

6.13 Synchro
The Synchro function set-up is to be found in the following parameter menus
"Synchro - Function"
"Synchro - Drive 1 reset"
"Synchro - Drive 2 setpoint"
"Synchro - Drive 2 indication"
"Synhcro - Drive 2 reset"
"Synchro - External Master"
"Synchro - Drive 1 setpoint"
"Synchro – Drive pos."

See also block diagram AS7-7.

The Synchro function is divided in two parts, RATIO and COUNTER. The selection is made with parameter SYA01.

6.13.1 Ratio drive

The ratio drive function is selected with parameter SYA01 = RATIO. With the parameter SYA02 =1, the synchro
ratio function controls two drives with a friction ratio between the drives. Drive 1 is the master and Drive 2 is the
slave. Drive 1 speed set-point is multiplied with Drive 2 ratio set-point creating the Drive 2 speed command. The
ratio set-point can be a value between -300% and 300%. SYC01 and SYC02 can be used to limit the span.
Setpoints can be hardware signals or signals via the bus connection. In local mode setpoints are given via the
keyboard and display units.

6.13.2 Ratio drive - External master

The ratio drive function is selected with parameter SYA01 = RATIO. With the parameter SYA02 =2, the synchro
ratio function controls two drives with a friction ratio separate for each drive. Drive 1 and Drive 2 are slaves. An
external master speed set-point is multiplied with Drive 1 ratio set-point creating the Drive 1 speed command. The
same is valid for drive 2. The ratio set-point can be a value between -300% and 300%. SYC01 and SYC02 can be
used to limit the span for Drive 2. SYG01 and SYG02 can be used to limit the range for Drive 1. A separate ramp-
time, only valid for the External master set-point, can be adjusted by setting SYF01 - SYF05. This input is possible
to scale with parameter SYF05. A maximum speed value is stated and matched to the range setting of the analog
input defined as “external master”.
Setpoints can be hardware signals or signals via the bus connection. In local mode setpoints are given via the
keyboard and display units.

6.13.3 Counter drive

The synchro counter function can control the relative position in-between two drives. The counter drive function is
selected with parameter SYA01 = COUNTER. The function requires digital type Speed encoders. They must have
identical number of pulses per turn. Drive 1 is the master and Drive 2 is the slave. Drive 1 speed set-point is
transferred to both drives as a basic speed set-point. Drive 1 is run in closed loop speed control. Drive 2 is run in
closed loop position control. The pulses from each encoder are counted in two counters and compared. If there is a
difference between the two counters, there is a difference in position of the two drives. The difference signal is
processed by Drive 2 regulator and added to the speed set-point for control of Drive 2 position.
The two counters must initially be reset when the position difference is zero in-between the two rolls.
Parameter SYB02 and SYE02 determines when the counters are enabled to be reset.
1. Enable reset every time electric motor is started
2. Enable reset every time drive start is activated
3. Enable reset by a configurable digital input, set to 12 RES EN 1(2)
Parameter SYB01 and SYE01 determines when/how the counters are to be reset.
1. Reset every time drive start is activated.
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 191/263
6 Settings and function

2. Reset by activation of the external zero pulse input

The position control of drive 2 is activated when both counters are reset. A ramptime can be adjusted to achieve a
smoth synchronisation; this is done with parameter SYD02. The activation of the regulator can be indicated by a
digital output, set to 08 C ZERO. While operating in counter mode, the ratio drive can be activated by a configurable
digital input, set to 12 FRICTION. The input can be either a hardware signal, or in bus mode a bus signal.

Offset between the two drives can be set in two ways:

-As a constant value by parameter SYC04.
-With an analog input, the range is maximum 0 to 180.
-Via the bus connection.

6.14 Pressure control

The Pressure control function set-up is to be found in the following parameter menus
"Pressure 1 - Function"
"Pressure 1 - [Link]"
"Pressure 1 - Regulator"
"Pressure 2 - Function"
"Pressure 2 - [Link]"
"Pressure 2 - Regulator"

See block diagram AS7-8.

Pressure 1 control function is described in this section, Pressure 1 and Pressure 2 control functions are identical.
The Pressure control function is providing a possibility to compensate speed set point depending on the pressure
level in the hydraulic system. It can be used as an overload protection or as a production improvement function,
stable torque can be achieved. Digital outputs can be set up to indicate if pressure control is active. There are three
choices available, P1 C ACT, P1 HI CA and P1 LO CA. For explanation of the outputs, see chapter Digital outputs.
The below diagram describes the pressure control function, forward action. If pressure is increasing the speed set
point is increasing.

By altering a parameter, PRA02 = On, reverse action is selected. The below diagram describes the pressure control
function, reverse action. If pressure is increasing the speed set point is decreasing.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 192/263
6 Settings and function

6.14.1 Pressure 1 - function

The pressure control function is selected to be active with parameter PRA01 = On. In addition high and low control
is possible to enable separately. This is done with parameters PRA03 and PRA04.
PRA05 and 06 determines the time delay for pressure control to start. It sets the delay in-between a pressure
change above or below set point and regulation start.

6.14.2 Pressure 1 - Set point

Pressure set point can be local or remote. PRB01 selects if the set point is to be Local, remote or possible to
change via a digital input. The digital input is named PR REM 1. The remote set point can be via hardware inputs or
via bus inputs. The local set point must be entered in parameter PRB02. In local mode the maximum setting is
limited to 250 Bar. PRB07 setting should be matched to the maximum range of the pressure set-point. Factory
setting is therefore 250 Bar, matched to the local setpoint range. PRB03 and 04 defines the dead band of the
pressure control. When actual pressure is within Pressure set point - PRB03 and Pressure set point + PRB04 the
speed command is not altered. PRAB05 and 06 defines the maximum influence the pressure control is allowed to
have on the speed command. The unit is % and relates to the full speed range of the drive. The pressure control
output is also limited depending on speed set point. When speed set point is below PRB08, the pressure control
output is limited by a factor (set point /PRB08). If for example set point is 10% and PRB08 is 20%, the output is
limited to 0.5*PRA05(6).

6.14.3 Pressure 1 - Regulator

The PID regulator has a similar parameter set as the standard speed feedback PID control. See chapter AS6.5 for
tuning recommendations.

PRC01 Sets the Proportional regulator stage function ON or OFF. The proportional stage reacts
proportional to the Error input signal. Action of this stage is determined by parameter PRC04.

PRC02 Sets the Integrator function ON or OFF. This function gives the drive a possibility to reach set-
point pressure over time. Action of this stage is determined by parameter PRC05.

PRC03 Sets the Derivative function ON or OFF. The derivative stage is used when very quick pressure
changes are to be expected at the drive. It reacts on the rate of change at the Error input signal.
The D stage is seldom used due to a difficult tuning procedure. Action of this stage is set by
parameters PRC06 and PRC07.

PRC04 Proportional gain parameter sets the gain of the P-stage. P gain 0.5 means that half the Error
signal input value will be transferred to the stage output. Proportional stage however, will not
RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB
Hägglunds Spider, Control system 193/263
6 Settings and function

make the drive reach set-point pressure. There will always be a remaining Error. The remaining
Error value is though depending on the Proportional gain setting. If the Error signal is small, close
to zero, P gain will not produce any output at this stage output. The P stage always needs an
Error signal to modify.

PRC05 Integrator time parameter sets the integration time of the I-stage. An integrator time 10 seconds
means that the output value of this stage will reach 63% of the Error signal input value in 10
seconds. Introduction of Integration will eliminate the remaining Error signal. The actual pressure
will over time correspond to pressure set-point. It can be compared with a Capacitor that is
charged with the Error signal.

PRC06 Derivative time parameter sets the Derivative time of the D stage. A derivative time 10 seconds
means that the derivative “gain” is a factor 10. The output from this stage is the “gain” factor
multiplied with the rate of change of the Error signal.

PRC07 Derivative decline time parameter sets the Derivative decline time of the D stage. A derivative
decline time 10 seconds means that the output value from this stage will decline 63 % in 10
seconds.
PRC08 Filter time for pressure feedback parameter sets the filter time for the pressure. Useful when the
pressure signal contains a lot of noise, the filter will take away pressure peaks.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 194/263
6 Settings and function

6.15 Bus Communication

The bus communication is set up in the following menus
"Bus - Type & Function"
"Bus - Digital Inputs"
"Bus - Analog in 1 - 10"
"Bus - Analog out"

See block diagram AS7.1, AS7.2 and parameter list AS5.2.8 for further details.

6.15.1 General
The Bus function requires that a bus card is installed. The card must be connected to a fieldbus master. The
card will only respond to incoming commands, working as a slave.

There are 3 versions of data bus area selectable with parameter BTF04.
Version 1 has inputs and outputs corresponding to 4.0.x and 4.1.x spider software. versions.
Version 2 has support for new functions available in software version 4.2.x.
Version 2 is an extension of version 1.
Version 3 has support for new functions added in software version 4.3.x. The data has been reordered to make
the bus interface more structured and easier to parse in the fieldbus master.

To activate the bus function set BUS1 for drive 1 or BUS2 for drive 2 via a digital input or a bus digital input while
in Remote mode. The sketch below explains the possible mode transitions.

DRIVE 1 MODE TRANSITIONS DRIVE 2 MODE TRANSITIONS

BUS FAIL = 0 & BUS FAIL = 0 &
BUS HW FAIL = 0 & BUS HW FAIL = 0 &
REM 1 = 1 BUS 1 = 1 REM 2 = 1 BUS 2 = 1
LOC REM BUS LOC REM BUS
REM 1 = 0 BUS 1 = 0 REM 2 = 0 BUS 2 = 0

BUS FAIL = 1 BUS FAIL = 1

BUS HW FAIL = 1 BUS HW FAIL = 1

If the bus communication is lost, an alarm, warning or interlock is trigged and the drive is forced to leave bus
mode. To be able to start the drive in local or remote mode the BUS FAIL and the BUS HW FAIL indication must
be reset if the communication drop fault is alarm or interlock. As soon as the connection to the master is restored
and the BUS FAIL indication is cleared it will be possible to enter bus mode again. To start bus communication
after a BUS HW FAIL the spider must be restarted by reset or power on.

6.15.2 Bus - Type & Function

The bus communication is activated by setting the parameter BTF01 to used bus type. BTF02 sets the
Communication drop out time. The timer range is 0 - 10 seconds. BTF03 Function at communication drop
determines if an alarm, warning or an interlock is activated at bus fault. If warning is selected and any of the
three digital input functions BUS 1, BUS 2 or BUS M are defined, an interlock will be triggered at bus fault
instead of a warning. BTF04 selects bus area 1,2 or 3. BTF05 is used to reverse the byte order of the analog
values. BFT06 defines the maximum time the spider will wait for the bus to go online during spider software start
up.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 195/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.3 Bus - Digital inputs

A total of 32 digital input signals can be set-up in the parameters BDI01 to BDI32. In bus version 1&2 24 digital
inputs are available, BDI01 to BDI24. The functions available is the same as for digital inputs, see list in chapter
AS5.2.3.

The following functions are not valid as bus digital inputs:

- START 12
- FORW 1+2
- REV 1+2
- REM 1+2

It is possible to monitor each individual bus digital input on the spider display. Register REG 511 to REG 514 are
representing the status of the inputs. Each register contains 8 digital signals. The value of each signal can be
binary 0 or 1.

REG/BIT 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REG511 Din 8 Din 7 Din 6 Din 5 Din 4 Din 3 Din 2 Din 1
REG512 Din 16 Din 15 Din 14 Din 13 Din 12 Din 11 Din 10 Din 9
REG513 Din 24 Din 23 Din 22 Din 21 Din 20 Din 19 Din 18 Din 17
REG514 Din 32 Din 31 Din 30 Din 29 Din 28 Din 27 Din 26 Din 25

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 196/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.4 Bus - Analog inputs

Analog value data is to be in the data form "signed integer" which should be limited to a value range in-between -
10 000 to +10 000.
Negative numbers are the 2's complement of the positive ones. Below is a table with some examples

Signed word value, binary format Decimal value % signal value

Most significant byte Least significant byte
0010 0111 0001 0000 10000 100
1101 1000 1111 0000 -10000 -100
0001 0011 1000 1000 5000 50
1110 1100 0111 1000 -5000 -50
0000 1001 1100 0100 2500 25
1111 0110 0011 1100 -2500 -25

Analog signals are in big endian representation (most significant byte first). It is possible to set the representation
to little endian (least significant byte first) by parameter BTF05.

A total of 4 analog input signals in version 1 and 10 analog input signals in version 2 and 3 can be configured by
the parameters BAAxx to BADxx. Min and Max values are defined in BAx01 and BAx02, giving the range of the
signal. BAx03 is defining the type of unit and BAx04 defines the number of decimals for the signal. The signal is
then ready to be displayed. The bus analog input signals are named REG501 to REG 510. The function is
defined with parameter BAx05, see AS5.2.8 for possible settings.

Threshold values can be set for the bus analog inputs. BAx06 sets the high level and BAx07 the low level. The
function is set via AUX function for BAx08 (high) and BAx09 (low).

SetpointD1 and SetpointD2 require no configuration. Data is transferred in the same format as bus analog input
1-10.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 197/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.5 Bus - Analog out

A total of 8 analog output signals in version 1 and 12 analog output signals in version 2 & 3 can be set up by the
parameters BAK01 to BAK12. See the parameter list, chapter AS5.2.8 for a list of selectable registers. Analog
out bus data has the same format as analog in bus data, se 6.15.4.

Spider bus protocol version format:

0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0
R R R R R R R R M M M M m m m m
R: Reserved, not used.
M: Major version (spider bus version).
m: Minor version.

Spider software version format:

0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0
M M M M m m m m S S S S S S S S
M: Major version (Spider2 = 4).
m: Minor version (parameter version).
S: Stepping, updates to software which are not affecting the parameter set.

6.15.6 Bus - Digital out

A total of 144 digital output signals in version 1, 208 signals in version 2 and 352 signals in version 3 are
available for the fieldbus master to read. The signals are predefined and addresses on the bus are described in
chapter AS6.15.9.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 198/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.7 Address table - Incoming data

Total 16 bytes in version 1 and 28 bytes in version 2 and version 3 are received from the bus.

Bus version 1 incoming data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte
Setpoint 0 15 8
drive 1 1 7 0
Setpoint 2
drive 2 3
4
Analog in 1
5
6
Analog in 2
7
8
Analog in 3
9
10
Analog in 4
11
12 7 0
Digital in 13 15 8
14 23 16
Reserved 15

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 199/263
6 Settings and function

Bus version 2 incoming data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte
Setpoint 0 15 8
drive 1 1 7 0
Setpoint 2
drive 2 3
4
Analog in 1
5
6
Analog in 2
7
8
Analog in 3
9
10
Analog in 4
11
12 7 0
Digital in 13 15 8
14 23 16
Reserved 15
16 15 8
Analog in 5
17 7 0
18
Analog in 6
19
20
Analog in 7
21
22
Analog in 8
23
24
Analog in 9
25
26
Analog in 10
27

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 200/263
6 Settings and function

Bus version 3 incoming data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte
Setpoint 0 15 8
drive 1 1 7 0
Setpoint 2
drive 2 3
4
Analog in 1
5
6
Analog in 2
7
8
Analog in 3
9
10
Analog in 4
11
12
Analog in 5
13
14
Analog in 6
15
16
Analog in 7
17
18
Analog in 8
19
20
Analog in 9
21
22
Analog in 10
23
24 7 0
25 15 8
Digital in
26 23 16
27 31 24

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 201/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.8 Address table - Outgoing data

In total 38 bytes in version 1, 54 bytes in version 2 and 72 bytes in version 3 are transferred to the bus. The first
2 words are reserved for the protocol version and software version.
If a ControlNet bus card is used the two first words are ControlNet-specific status words, which will offset the
actual spider data by 4 bytes.
Digital outputs addresses are separately described in chapter 6.15.9.

Bus version 1 outgoing data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte* Byte**
ControlNet - 0
Status 1 - 1
ControlNet - 2
Status 2 - 3
Protocol- 0 4
version 1 5 3 0 3 0
Software- 2 6 3 0 3 0
version 3 7 7 0
4 8 15 8
Analog OUT 1
5 9 7 0
6 10
Analog OUT 2
7 11
8 12
Analog OUT 3
9 13
10 14
Analog OUT 4
11 15
12 16
Analog OUT 5
13 17
14 18
Analog OUT 6
15 19
16 20
Analog OUT 7
17 21
18 22
Analog OUT 8
19 23
20 24 7 0
Digital OUT
21 25 15 8
… …
… …
… …
37 41 143 136

The byte numbering is different depending of fieldbus type.

Byte*= All bus types except ControlNet
Byte** = ControlNet

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 202/263
6 Settings and function

Bus version 2 outgoing data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte* Byte**
ControlNet - 0
Status 1 - 1
ControlNet - 2
Status 2 - 3
Protocol- 0 4
version 1 5 3 0 3 0
Software- 2 6 3 0 3 0
version 3 7 7 0
4 8 15 8
Analog OUT 1
5 9 7 0
6 10
Analog OUT 2
7 11
8 12
Analog OUT 3
9 13
10 14
Analog OUT 4
11 15
12 16
Analog OUT 5
13 17
14 18
Analog OUT 6
15 19
16 20
Analog OUT 7
17 21
18 22
Analog OUT 8
19 23
20 24 7 0
Digital OUT
21 25 15 8
… …
… …
45 49 207 200
46 50 15 8
Analog OUT 9
47 51 7 0
48 52
Analog OUT 10
49 53
50 54
Analog OUT 11
51 55
52 56
Analog OUT 12
53 57

The byte numbering is different depending of fieldbus type.

Byte*= All bus types except ControlNet
Byte** = ControlNet

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 203/263
6 Settings and function

Bus version 3 outgoing data.

Function Bit-> 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte* Byte**
ControlNet - 0
Status 1 - 1
ControlNet - 2
Status 2 - 3
Protocol- 0 4
version 1 5 3 0 3 0
Software- 2 6 3 0 3 0
version 3 7 7 0
4 8 15 8
Analog OUT 1
5 9 7 0
6 10
Analog OUT 2
7 11
8 12
Analog OUT 3
9 13
10 14
Analog OUT 4
11 15
12 16
Analog OUT 5
13 17
14 18
Analog OUT 6
15 19
16 20
Analog OUT 7
17 21
18 22
Analog OUT 8
19 23
20 24
Analog OUT 9
21 25
22 26
Analog OUT 10
23 27
24 28
Analog OUT 11
25 29
26 30
Analog OUT 12
27 31
Digital OUT 28 32 7 0
29 33 15 8
... ...
... ...
71 75 351 344

The byte numbering is different depending of fieldbus type.

Byte*= All bus types except ControlNet
Byte** = ControlNet

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 204/263
6 Settings and function

6.15.9 Digital output address table

Description
Bus version 1 use addresses 20.0 to 36.7.
Bus version 2 is extension to bus version 1 and use addresses 20.0 to 45.7.
Bus version 3 has a new structure and is not similar to previous bus versions,
it use addresses 28.0 to 71.7.

Digital output table columns.

Address:
Data area address in the format [Link].

Category:
Signal category.

Short description:
Description of digital signal.

Software:
Minimum spider software version for this signal.

Tag types:
Din: Configurable digital input, see AS6.9.
Fixed din: Fixed digital input, see AS6.9.1 (contact response)
and AS6.20 (Machine stop).
Actual din: State of actual digital input, see AS3.3.6.
Dout: Configurable digital output, see AS 6.10.2.
Act. dout: State of actual digital output, see AS3.4.3.
Function: Signal controlled by spider function logic, not available as digital output.
Ain: Digital signal depending on the level of an analog signal.

Tag name:
Digital input or digital output function name.
Logic 1:
Description of set bit or fault type.
A = Alarm, W = Warning, D = Disable, I =Interlock, 1 = Drive 1, 2 = Drive 2
Pump faults will affect drive 1, drive 2 or drive1&2 depending on parameter settings.
Auxiliary functions will affect drive 1, drive 2 or drive1&2 depending on parameter settings.
Logic 0:
Description of cleared bit.
--- = no fault.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 205/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 1 & 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
20.0 Drive started, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 02 START 1 Started Stopped
20.1 Remote mode, drive 1 * 4.0.0 Dout 04 REMOTE1 BUS/REM LOC
20.2 Shredder mode, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 04 AUTO1 Auto Manual
20.3 Bus version Power limitation, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 06 PLIM 1 Active Not active
20.4 1&2 Forward direction, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 07 FORW 1 Forward Stop/Rev
20.5 Reverse direction, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 07 REV 1 Reverse Stop/Fwd
20.6 Regulated mode, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 04 REG 1 Enabled Disabled
20.7 Low pressure control, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 12 P1 LO CA Active Not active

21.0 High pressure control, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 12 P1 HI CA Active Not active
21.1 Low or high pressure control, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 12 P1 C ACT Active Not active
21.2 Power limit function 4.0.0 Dout 06 PLIM Over limit Under limit
21.3 Bus version Shredder blocked, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK1 I1 ---
21.4 1&2 Drive started, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 02 START 2 Started Stopped
21.5 Remote mode, drive 2 * 4.0.0 Dout 04 REMOTE2 BUS/REM LOC
21.6 Shredder mode, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 04 AUTO2 Auto Manual
21.7 Power limitation, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 06 PLIM 2 Active Not active

22.0 Forward direction, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 07 FORW 2 Forward Stop/Rev

22.1 Reverse direction, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 07 REV 2 Reverse Stop/Fwd
22.2 Regulated mode, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 04 REG 2 Enabled Disabled
22.3 Bus version Synchro function, zero found. 4.0.0 Dout 08 C ZERO Active Not active
22.4 1&2 Synchro function within limits. 4.0.0 Dout 08 SYNCHRO In sync Out of sync
22.5 Low pressure control, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 12 P2 LO CA Active Not active
22.6 High pressure control, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 12 P2 HI CA Active Not active
22.7 Low or high pressure control, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 12 P2 C ACT Active Not active

23.0 Shredder blocked, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK2 I2 ---

23.1 Alarm, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 01 A1 A1 ---
23.2 Alarm, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 01 A2 A2 ---
23.3 Bus version Warning, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 01 W1 W1 ---
23.4 1&2 Warning, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 01 W2 W2 ---
23.5 Interlock, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 01 INT1 I1 ---
23.6 Interlock, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 01 INT2 I2 ---
23.7 Drive ready to use, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 03 READY 1 Ready Not Ready

24.0 Drive ready to use, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 03 READY 2 Ready Not Ready
24.1 Electric motor(s), drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 10 EMOT D1 Started Stopped
24.2 Electric motor(s), drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 10 EMOT D2 Started Stopped
24.3 Bus version Cooler, interlocked by [Link] ctrl. 4.0.0 Dout 11 COOLCONI Cooling Off
24.4 1&2 Heater in oil tank control 4.0.0 Dout 11 HEATCON Heating Off
24.5 Cooler, direct control 4.0.0 Dout 11 COOLCOND Cooling Off
24.6 Flushing pump heating valve control 4.0.0 Dout 11 FLUSHCON Heating No Heating
24.7 High temperature auxiliary motor 4.3.0 Din 19 AUX EMOT A 1&2 ---

* See AS6.15.1

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 206/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 1 & 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
25.0 Electric motor 1 contact response 4.2.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
25.1 Electric motor 2 contact response 4.2.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
25.2 Electric motor 3 contact response 4.2.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
25.3 Bus version Electric motor 1 interlock 4.2.0 Dout 10 EM INT 1 Available Interlocked
25.4 1&2 Electric motor 2 interlock 4.2.0 Dout 10 EM INT 2 Available Interlocked
25.5 Electric motor 3 interlock 4.2.0 Dout 10 EM INT 3 Available Interlocked
25.6 Disable, drive 1 4.2.0 Dout 01 D1 D1 ---
25.7 Disable, drive 2 4.2.0 Dout 01 D2 D2 ---

26.0 Auxiliary function 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 1 A/W/D/I ---

26.1 Auxiliary function 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 2 A/W/D/I ---
26.2 Auxiliary function 3 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 3 A/W/D/I ---
26.3 Bus version Auxiliary function 4 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 4 A/W/D/I ---
26.4 1&2 Auxiliary function 5 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 5 A/W/D/I ---
26.5 Auxiliary function 6 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 6 A/W/D/I ---
26.6 Auxiliary function 7 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 7 A/W/D/I ---
26.7 Auxiliary function 8 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 8 A/W/D/I ---

27.0 Auxiliary function 9 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 9 A/W/D/I ---

27.1 Auxiliary function 10 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 10 A/W/D/I ---
27.2 Auxiliary function 11 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 11 A/W/D/I ---
27.3 Bus version Auxiliary function 12 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 12 A/W/D/I ---
27.4 1&2 Auxiliary function 13 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 13 A/W/D/I ---
27.5 Auxiliary function 14 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 14 A/W/D/I ---
27.6 Auxiliary function 15 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 15 A/W/D/I ---
27.7 Auxiliary function 16 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 16 A/W/D/I ---

28.0 Auxiliary function 17 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 17 A/W/D/I ---

28.1 Auxiliary function 18 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 18 A/W/D/I ---
28.2 Auxiliary function 19 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 19 A/W/D/I ---
28.3 Bus version Auxiliary function 20 4.0.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 20 A/W/D/I ---
28.4 1&2 Min oil level in tank 4.0.0 Dout 11 MN LEVEL A 1&2 ---
28.5 Low oil level in tank 4.0.0 Dout 11 LO LEVEL W 1&2 ---
28.6 Max oil temperature in tank 4.0.0 Dout 11 MAX TEMP A 1&2 ---
28.7 Min oil temperature in tank 4.0.0 Dout 11 MIN TEMP A 1&2 ---
---
29.0 High oil temperature in tank 4.0.0 Dout 11 HI TEMP W 1&2
29.1 Drain filter 75% full 4.0.0 Din 06 DRF 75 W 1&2 ---
29.2 Drain filter 100% full 4.0.0 Din 06 DRF 100 W 1&2 ---
29.3 Bus version Drain filter 100% full 4.0.0 Function A 1&2 ---
29.4 1&2 Low charge pressure A, pump 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P1 A ---
29.5 Low charge pressure A, pump 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P2 A ---
29.6 Low charge pressure A, pump 3 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P3 A ---
29.7 Low charge pressure A, pump 4 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P4 A ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 207/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 1 & 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
30.0 Low charge pressure B, pump 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P1 A ---
30.1 Low charge pressure B, pump 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P2 A ---
30.2 Low charge pressure B, pump 3 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P3 A ---
30.3 Bus version Low charge pressure B, pump 4 4.0.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P4 A ---
30.4 1&2 High work pressure A, pump 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P1 W ---
30.5 High work pressure A, pump 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P2 W ---
30.6 High work pressure A, pump 3 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P3 W ---
30.7 High work pressure A, pump 4 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P4 W ---

31.0 High work pressure B, pump 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P1 W ---
31.1 High work pressure B, pump 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P2 W ---
31.2 High work pressure B, pump 3 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P3 W ---
31.3 Bus version High work pressure B, pump 4 4.0.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P4 W ---
31.4 1&2 Suction line closed, pump 1 4.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION1 A ---
31.5 Suction line closed, pump 2 4.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION2 A ---
31.6 Suction line closed, pump 3 4.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION3 A ---
31.7 Suction line closed, pump 4 4.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION4 A ---

32.0 Filter 75% full, pump 1 4.0.0 Din 06 RF75 P1 W ---

32.1 Filter 75% full, pump 2 4.0.0 Din 06 RF75 P2 W ---
32.2 Filter 75% full, pump 3 4.0.0 Din 06 RF75 P3 W ---
32.3 Bus version Filter 75% full, pump 4 4.0.0 Din 06 RF75 P4 W ---
32.4 1&2 Filter 100% full, pump 1 4.0.0 Din 06 RF100 P1 W ---
32.5 Filter 100% full, pump 2 4.0.0 Din 06 RF100 P2 W ---
32.6 Filter 100% full, pump 3 4.0.0 Din 06 RF100 P3 W ---
32.7 Filter 100% full, pump 4 4.0.0 Din 06 RF100 P4 W ---

33.0 Filter 100% full, pump 1 4.0.0 Function A ---

33.1 Filter 100% full, pump 2 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.2 Filter 100% full, pump 3 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.3 Bus version Filter 100% full, pump 4 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.4 1&2 Stroker current output error, pump 1 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.5 Stroker current output error, pump 2 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.6 Stroker current output error, pump 3 4.0.0 Function A ---
33.7 Stroker current output error, pump 4 4.0.0 Function A ---

34.0 Low charge pressure A, drive 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRA D1 A1 ---
34.1 Low charge pressure B, drive 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRB D1 A1 ---
34.2 Low charge pressure A, drive 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRA D2 A2 ---
34.3 Bus version Low charge pressure B, drive 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRB D2 A2 ---
34.4 1&2 High work pressure A, drive 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 02 H APR D1 W1 ---
34.5 High work pressure B, drive 1 4.0.0 Din / Ain 02 H BPR D1 W1 ---
34.6 High work pressure A, drive 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 02 H APR D2 W2 ---
34.7 High work pressure B, drive 2 4.0.0 Din / Ain 02 H BPR D2 W2 ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 208/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 1 & 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
35.0 High temperature electric motor 1, drive 1 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR1 A1 ---
35.1 High temperature electric motor 2, drive 1 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR2 A1 ---
35.2 High temperature electric motor 3, drive 1 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR3 A1 ---
35.3 Bus version High temperature electric motor 1, drive 2 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR1 A2 ---
35.4 1&2 High temperature electric motor 2, drive 2 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR2 A2 ---
35.5 High temperature electric motor 3, drive 2 4.0.0 Din 19 EMOTOR3 A2 ---
35.6 Speed feedback, error to large, drive 1 4.0.0 Function W1 ---
35.7 Speed feedback, error to large, drive 2 4.0.0 Function W2 ---

36.0 Shredder blocked, drive 1 4.0.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK1 I1 ---

36.1 Shredder blocked, drive 2 4.0.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK2 I2 ---
36.2 Machine stop (Hardware*) 4.0.0 Fixed din A 1&2 ---
36.3 Bus version Bus failure 4.0.0 Function A/W/I 1&2 ---
36.4 1&2 Spider hardware failure 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---
36.5 Machine stop (Software**) 4.2.0 Din 09 EMSTOP A 1&2 ---
36.6 Bus mode, drive 1 4.3.0 Dout 04 BUS 1 BUS REM/LOC
36.7 Bus mode, drive 2 4.3.0 Dout 04 BUS 2 BUS REM/LOC

37.0 Auxiliary function 17:2 4.2.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 17 A/W/D/I ---
37.1 Auxiliary function 18:2 4.2.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 18 A/W/D/I ---
37.2 Auxiliary function 19:2 4.2.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 19 A/W/D/I ---
37.3 Bus version Auxiliary function 20:2 4.2.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 20 A/W/D/I ---
37.4 2 Pump 1 ramped down to 0% by P1OFF 4.2.0 Dout 06 P1OFF Active Not active
37.5 Pump 2 ramped down to 0% by P2OFF 4.2.0 Dout 06 P2OFF Active Not active
37.6 Pump 3 ramped down to 0% by P3OFF 4.2.0 Dout 06 P3OFF Active Not active
37.7 Pump 4 ramped down to 0% by P4OFF 4.2.0 Dout 06 P4OFF Active Not active

38.0 Drive, fixed command A, drive 1 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED1A Active Not active
38.1 Drive, fixed command B, drive 1 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED1B Active Not active
38.2 Drive, fixed command C, drive 1 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED1C Active Not active
38.3 Bus version Drive, fixed command D, drive 1 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED1D Active Not active
38.4 2 Drive, fixed command A, drive 2 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED2A Active Not active
38.5 Drive, fixed command B, drive 2 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED2B Active Not active
38.6 Drive, fixed command C, drive 2 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED2C Active Not active
38.7 Drive, fixed command D, drive 2 4.2.0 Din 15 FIXED2D Active Not active

39.0 Auxiliary/flushing electric motor contact 4.2.0 Din 19 FLUSH ON Started Stopped
39.1 Enable or start auxiliary/flushing pump 4.2.0 Din 19 AUX ST Enabled Disabled
39.2 Ramp function disabled, drive 1 4.2.0 Din 15 RAMP1OFF Ramp off Ramp on
39.3 Bus version Ramp function disabled, drive 2 4.2.0 Din 15 RAMP2OFF Ramp off Ramp on
39.4 2 Auxiliary/flushing pump suct. line closed 4.2.0 Din 19 SUCT AUX A 1&2 ---
39.5 Min auxiliary/flushing temperature in tank 4.2.0 Function D 1&2 ---
39.6 Drive ready for electric motor start, drive 1 4.3.0 Function Ready Not ready
39.7 Drive ready for electric motor start, drive 2 4.3.0 Function Ready Not ready

* A relay will open and stop the stroker current immediately, a hardware timer will open the electric motor
interlock contact. See AS6.20 for a detailed description.

** Machine stop handled in software only. See AS6.20 for a detailed description.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 209/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
40.0 Low accumulator pressure A, pump 1 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC A P1 A ---
40.1 Low accumulator pressure B, pump 1 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC B P1 A ---
40.2 Low accumulator pressure A, pump 2 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC A P2 A ---
40.3 Bus version Low accumulator pressure B, pump 2 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC B P2 A ---
40.4 2 Low accumulator pressure A, pump 3 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC A P3 A ---
40.5 Low accumulator pressure B, pump 3 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC B P3 A ---
40.6 Low accumulator pressure A, pump 4 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC A P4 A ---
40.7 Low accumulator pressure B, pump 4 4.2.0 Din 05 ACC B P4 A ---

41.0 Digital input 28 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

41.1 Digital input 29 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.2 Digital input 30 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.3 Bus version Digital input 31 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.4 2 Digital input 32 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.5 Digital input 33 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.6 Digital input 34 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
41.7 Digital input 35 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

42.0 Digital input 36 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

42.1 Digital input 37 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.2 Digital input 38 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.3 Bus version Digital input 39 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.4 2 Digital input 40 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.5 Digital input 41 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.6 Digital input 42 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
42.7 Digital input 43 4.2.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

43.0 High temperature hydraulic motor 1 4.2.1 Ain 05 HITMPM1 W ---

43.1 Max temperature hydraulic motor 1 4.2.1 Ain 05 MAXTMPM1 A ---
43.2 High temperature hydraulic motor 2 4.2.1 Ain 05 HITMPM2 W ---
43.3 Bus version Max temperature hydraulic motor 2 4.2.1 Ain 05 MAXTMPM2 A ---
43.4 2 High temperature hydraulic motor 3 4.2.1 Ain 05 HITMPM3 W ---
43.5 Max temperature hydraulic motor 3 4.2.1 Ain 05 MAXTMPM3 A ---
43.6 High temperature hydraulic motor 4 4.2.1 Ain 05 HITMPM4 W ---
43.7 Max temperature hydraulic motor 4 4.2.1 Ain 05 MAXTMPM4 A ---

44.0 Min temperature in drain line 4.2.0 Dout 11 MN DRTMP D 1&2 ---
44.1 Flushing stand-by temperature 4.2.0 Dout 11 FL TEMP Temp low Temp ok
44.2 Auxiliary/flushing pump control 4.2.0 Dout 11 ST AUX Running Stopped
44.3 Bus version Charge pump [Link] interlock, drive 1 4.2.0 Dout 10 CP INT1 Available Interlocked
44.4 2 Charge pump [Link] interlock, drive 2 4.2.0 Dout 10 CP INT2 Available Interlocked
44.5 Auxiliary filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 AUXF 75 W 1&2 ---
44.6 Auxiliary filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 AUXF 100 W 1&2 ---
44.7 Auxiliary filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 210/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 2.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
45.0 Brake feedback, drive 1 4.3.0 Din 19 BRAKE1OP Open Closed
45.1 Brake command, drive 1 4.3.0 Dout 13 OPEN BR1 Open Close
45.2 Brake feedback, drive 2 4.3.0 Din 19 BRAKE2OP Open Closed
45.3 Bus version Brake command, drive 2 4.3.0 Dout 13 OPEN BR2 Open Close
45.4 2 Oil tank full (fill limit reached) 4.3.0 Dout 11 FULL Full Not full
45.5 Max oil level in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 MX LEVEL W 1&2 ---
45.6 Warm flushing function off 4.3.0 Function D 1&2 ---
45.7 Warm flushing start delay 4.3.0 Function D 1&2 ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 211/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
28.0 Drive ready for electric motor start 4.3.0 Function Ready Not ready
28.1 Electric motor(s) 4.3.0 Dout 10 EMOT D1 Started Stopped
28.2 Drive ready to use 4.3.0 Dout 03 READY 1 Ready Not ready
28.3 Status Drive started 4.3.0 Dout 02 START 1 Started Stopped
28.4 Drive 1 Alarm 4.3.0 Dout 01 A1 A1 ---
28.5 Warning 4.3.0 Dout 01 W1 W1 ---
28.6 Disable 4.3.0 Dout 01 D1 D1 ---
28.7 Interlock 4.3.0 Dout 01 INT1 I1 ---

29.0 Remote mode * 4.3.0 Dout 04 REMOTE1 BUS/REM LOC

29.1 Bus mode * 4.3.0 Dout 04 BUS 1 BUS REM/LOC
29.2 Regulated mode 4.3.0 Dout 04 REG 1 Enabled Disabled
29.3 Mode Shredder mode 4.3.0 Dout 04 AUTO1 Auto Manual
29.4 Drive 1 Pressure control 4.3.0 Function Enabled Disabled
29.5 Ramp function disabled 4.3.0 Din 15 RAMP1OFF Ramp off Ramp on
29.6 Reserved
29.7 Reserved

30.0 Drive, forward direction 4.3.0 Dout 07 FORW 1 Forward Stop/reverse

30.1 Drive, reverse direction 4.3.0 Dout 07 REV 1 Reverse Stop/forward
30.2 Drive, fixed command A 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED1A Active Not active
30.3 Indication Drive, fixed command B 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED1B Active Not active
30.4 Drive 1 Drive, fixed command C 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED1C Active Not active
30.5 Drive, fixed command D 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED1D Active Not active
30.6 Brake feedback 4.3.0 Din 19 BRAKE1OP Open Closed
30.7 Fault reset on spider front panel 4.3.0 Dout 13 RESET1 Reset pulse No reset

31.0 Power limitation 4.3.0 Dout 06 PLIM 1 Active Not active

31.1 Low or high pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P1 C ACT Active Not active
31.2 Low pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P1 LO CA Active Not active
31.3 Function High pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P1 HI CA Active Not active
31.4 Drive 1 High or low pressure control saturated 4.3.0 Dout 12 P1 MAX Saturated Not saturat.
31.5 Synchro function, zero found. 4.3.0 Dout 08 C ZERO Active Not active
31.6 Synchro function within limits. 4.3.0 Dout 08 SYNCHRO In sync Out of sync
31.7 Brake command 4.3.0 Dout 13 OPEN BR1 Open Close

32.0 Man/Auto button pressed 4.3.1 Function Pressed Released

32.1 Reserved
32.2 Reserved
32.3 Reserved Reserved
32.4 Drive 1 Reserved
32.5 Reserved
32.6 Reserved
32.7 Reserved

* See AS6.15.1

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 212/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
33.0 Drive ready for electric motor start 4.3.0 Function Ready Not ready
33.1 Electric motor(s) started 4.3.0 Dout 10 EMOT D2 Started Stopped
33.2 Drive ready to use 4.3.0 Dout 03 READY 2 Ready Not ready
33.3 Status Drive started 4.3.0 Dout 02 START 2 Started Stopped
33.4 Drive 2 Alarm active 4.3.0 Dout 01 A2 A2 ---
33.5 Warning active 4.3.0 Dout 01 W2 W2 ---
33.6 Disable active 4.3.0 Dout 01 D2 D2 ---
33.7 Interlock active 4.3.0 Dout 01 INT2 I2 ---

34.0 Remote mode * 4.3.0 Dout 04 REMOTE2 BUS/REM LOC

34.1 Bus mode * 4.3.0 Dout 04 BUS 2 BUS REM/LOC
34.2 Regulated mode 4.3.0 Dout 04 REG 2 Enabled Disabled
34.3 Mode Shredder mode 4.3.0 Dout 04 AUTO 2 Auto Manual
34.4 Drive 2 Pressure control 4.3.0 Function Enabled Disabled
34.5 Ramp function disabled 4.3.0 Din 15 RAMP2OFF Ramp off Ramp on
34.6 Reserved
34.7 Reserved

35.0 Drive, forward direction 4.3.0 Dout 07 FORW 2 Forward Stop/reverse

35.1 Drive, reverse direction 4.3.0 Dout 07 REV 2 Reverse Stop/forward
35.2 Drive, fixed command A 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED2A Active Not active
35.3 Indication Drive, fixed command B 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED2B Active Not active
35.4 Drive 2 Drive, fixed command C 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED2C Active Not active
35.5 Drive, fixed command D 4.3.0 Din 15 FIXED2D Actove Not active
35.6 Brake feedback 4.3.0 Din 19 BRAKE2OP Open Closed
35.7 Fault reset on spider front panel 4.3.0 Dout 13 RESET2 Reset pulse No reset

36.0 Power limitation 4.3.0 Dout 06 PLIM 2 Active Not active

36.1 Low or high pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P2 C ACT Active Not active
36.2 Low pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P2 LO CA Active Not active
36.3 Function High pressure control 4.3.0 Dout 12 P2 HI CA Active Not active
36.4 Drive 2 High or low pressure control saturated 4.3.0 Dout 12 P2 MAX Saturated Not saturat.
36.5 Synchro function, zero found. 4.3.0 Dout 08 C ZERO Active Not active
36.6 Synchro function within limits. 4.3.0 Dout 08 SYNCHRO In sync Out of sync
36.7 Brake command 4.3.0 Dout 13 OPEN BR2 Open Close

37.0 Man/Auto button pressed 4.3.1 Function Pressed Released

37.1 Reserved
37.2 Reserved
37.3 Reserved Reserved
37.4 Drive 2 Reserved
37.5 Reserved
37.6 Reserved
37.7 Reserved

* See AS6.15.1

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 213/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
38.0 Electric motor 1 contact response 4.3.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
38.1 Electric motor 2 contact response 4.3.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
38.2 Electric Electric motor 3 contact response 4.3.0 Fixed din Started Stopped
38.3 Motor Charge pump [Link] contact, drive 1 4.3.0 Din 19 C PUMPD1 Started Stopped
38.4 contact Charge pump [Link] contact. drive 2 4.3.0 Din 19 C PUMPD2 Started Stopped
38.5 response Auxiliary/flushing pump [Link] contact 4.3.0 Din 19 FLUSH ON Started Stopped
38.6 Reserved
38.7 Reserved

39.0 Electric motor 1 interlock 4.3.0 Dout 10 EM INT 1 Available Interlocked

39.1 Electric motor 2 interlock 4.3.0 Dout 10 EM INT 2 Available Interlocked
39.2 Electric motor 3 interlock 4.3.0 Dout 10 EM INT 3 Available Interlocked
Electric
39.3 Motor Charge pump [Link] interlock, drive 1 4.3.0 Dout 10 CP INT1 Available Interlocked
39.4 Charge pump [Link] interlock, drive 2 4.3.0 Dout 10 CP INT2 Available Interlocked
interlock
39.5 Auxiliary/flushing pump interlock 4.3.0 Dout 11 ST AUX Available Interlocked
39.6 Reserved
39.7 Reserved

40.0 Cooler, interlocked by [Link] control 4.3.0 Dout 11 COOLCONI Cooling Off
40.1 Cooler, direct control 4.3.0 Dout 11 COOLCOND Cooling Off
40.2 Heater in oil tank control 4.3.0 Dout 11 HEATCON Heating Off
40.3 Control Flushing pump heating valve control 4.3.0 Dout 11 FLUSHCON Heating No Heating
40.4 signals Auxiliary/flushing pump control 4.3.0 Dout 11 ST AUX Running Stopped
40.5 Oil/air cooler in forward direction control 4.3.0 Dout 11 COOL FWD Cooling Off
40.6 Oil/air cooler in reverse direction control 4.3.0 Dout 11 COOL REV Cooling Off
40.7 Reserved

41.0 Power limit function 4.3.0 Dout 06 PLIM Over limit Under limit
41.1 Pump 1 ramped down to 0% by P1OFF 4.3.0 Dout 06 P1OFF Active Not active
41.2 Indication Pump 2 ramped down to 0% by P2OFF 4.3.0 Dout 06 P2OFF Active Not active
41.3 Pump 3 ramped down to 0% by P3OFF 4.3.0 Dout 06 P3OFF Active Not active
Drive 1
41.4 and/or Pump 4 ramped down to 0% by P4OFF 4.3.0 Dout 06 P4OFF Active Not active
41.5 Drive 2 Oil tank full (fill limit reached) 4.3.0 Dout 11 FULL Full Not full
41.6 Synchro remote master setpoint via bus 4.3.0 Dout 04 BUS M Enabled Disabled
41.7 Reserved

42.0 Enable or start auxiliary/flushing pump 4.3.0 Din 19 AUX ST Enabled Disabled
42.1 Flushing stand-by temperature 4.3.0 Dout 11 FL TEMP Temp low Temp ok
42.2 Indication Reserved
42.3 Reserved
Drive 1
42.4 and/or Reserved
42.5 Drive 2 Reserved
42.6 Reserved
42.7 Reserved

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 214/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
43.0 Digital input 1 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.1 Digital input 2 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.2 Digital input 3 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.3 Digital input 4 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
Digital in
43.4 Digital input 5 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.5 Digital input 6 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.6 Digital input 7 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
43.7 Digital input 8 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

44.0 Digital input 9 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

44.1 Digital input 10 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
44.2 Digital input 11 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
44.3 Digital input 12 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
Digital in
44.4 Digital input 13 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
44.5 Digital input 14 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
44.6 Digital input 15 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
44.7 Digital input 16 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

45.0 Digital input 17 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

45.1 Digital input 18 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
45.2 Digital input 19 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
45.3 Digital input 20 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
Digital in
45.4 Digital input 21 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
45.5 Digital input 22 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
45.6 Digital input 23 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
45.7 Digital input 24 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

46.0 Digital input 25 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

46.1 Digital input 26 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
46.2 Digital input 27 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
46.3 Digital input 28 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
Digital in
46.4 Digital input 29 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
46.5 Digital input 30 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
46.6 Digital input 31 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
46.7 Digital input 32 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

47.0 Digital input 33 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

47.1 Digital input 34 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
47.2 Digital input 35 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
47.3 Digital input 36 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
Digital in
47.4 Digital input 37 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
47.5 Digital input 38 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
47.6 Digital input 39 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
47.7 Digital input 40 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 215/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
48.0 Digital input 41 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
48.1 Digital input 42 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
48.2 Digital input 43 4.3.0 Actual din +24 VDC 0 VDC
48.3 Speed encoder 1 zero pulse DE1 (toggle) 4.3.1 Function Pulse N Pulse N+1
Digital in
48.4 Speed encoder 2 zero pulse DE2(toggle) 4.3.1 Function Pulse N Pulse N+1
48.5 Reserved
48.6 Reserved
48.7 Reserved

49.0 Digital output 1 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open

49.1 Digital output 2 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
49.2 Digital output 3 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
49.3 Digital output 4 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
Digital out
49.4 Digital output 5 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
49.5 Digital output 6 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
49.6 Digital output 7 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
49.7 Digital output 8 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open

50.0 Digital output 9 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open

50.1 Digital output 10 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
50.2 Digital output 11 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
50.3 Digital output 12 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
Digital out
50.4 Digital output 13 4.3.0 Act. dout Closed Open
50.5 Reserved
50.6 Reserved
50.7 Reserved

51.0 Min oil level in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 MN LEVEL A 1&2 ---
51.1 Alarm Low oil level in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 LO LEVEL W 1&2 ---
Warning
51.2 Max oil temperature in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 MAX TEMP A 1&2 ---
Interlock
51.3 Disable Min oil temperature in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 MIN TEMP A 1&2 ---
51.4 High oil temperature in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 HI TEMP W 1&2 ---
Drive 1
51.5 Min auxiliary/flushing temperature in tank 4.3.0 Function D 1&2 ---
and
51.6 Drive 2 Min temperature in drain line 4.3.0 Dout 11 MN DRTMP D 1&2 ---
51.7 Max oil level in tank 4.3.0 Dout 11 MX LEVEL W 1&2 ---

52.0 Drain filter 1 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 DF1 75 W 1&2 ---
52.1 Alarm Drain filter 1 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 DF1 100 W 1&2 ---
Warning
52.2 Drain filter 1 100% full 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---
Interlock
52.3 Disable Machine stop (Hardware*) 4.3.0 Fixed din A 1&2 ---
52.4 Machine stop (Software**) 4.3.0 Din 09 EMSTOP A 1&2 ---
Drive 1
52.5 Bus failure 4.3.0 Function A/W/I 1&2 ---
and
52.6 Drive 2 Spider hardware failure 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---
52.7 Auxiliary pump suction line closed 4.3.0 Din 19 SUCT AUX A 1&2 ---

* A relay will open and stop the stroker current immediately, a hardware timer will open the electric motor
interlock contact. See AS6.20 for a detailed description.

** Machine stop handled in software only. See AS6.20 for a detailed description.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 216/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
53.0 High temperature auxiliary motor 4.3.0 Din 19 AUX EMOT A 1&2 ---
53.1 Alarm Auxiliary filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 AUXF 75 W 1&2 ---
53.2 Warning Auxiliary filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 AUXF 100 W 1&2 ---
Interlock
53.3 Disable Auxiliary filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---
53.4 Warm flushing function off 4.3.0 Function D 1&2 ---
Drive 1
53.5 and Warm flushing start delay 4.3.0 Function D 1&2 ---
53.6 Drive 2 High oil temp interlock 5.0.0 Dout 11 HI TEMPI I 1&2 ---
53.7 Communication to LIU 5.0.0 Function I 1&2 ---

54.0 Drain filter 2 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 DF2 75 W 1&2 ---
54.1 Alarm Drain filter 2 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 DF2 100 W 1&2 ---
Warning
54.2 Drain filter 2 100% full 4.3.0 Function A 1&2 ---
Interlock
54.3 Disable Reserved
54.4 Reserved
Drive 1
54.5 Reserved
and
54.6 Drive 2 Reserved
54.7 Reserved

55.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRA D1 A1 ---

55.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRB D1 A1 ---
Alarm
55.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 02 H APR D1 W1 ---
Warning
55.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 02 H BPR D1 W1 ---
55.4 Disable High temperature electric motor 1 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR1 A1 ---
55.5 High temperature electric motor 2 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR2 A1 ---
Drive 1
55.6 High temperature electric motor 3 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR3 A1 ---
55.7 Speed feedback, error to large 4.3.0 Function W1 ---

56.0 Shredder blocked 4.3.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK1 I1 ---

56.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACCA D1 A1 ---
Alarm
56.2 Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACCB D1 A1 ---
Warning
56.3 Interlock Brake failure 5.0.1 Din 19 BRAKE1OP A1 ---
56.4 Disable Reserved
56.5 Reserved
Drive 1
56.6 Reserved
56.7 Reserved

57.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRA D2 A2 ---

57.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 04 C PRB D2 A2 ---
Alarm
57.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 02 H APR D2 W2 ---
Warning
57.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 02 H BPR D2 W2 ---
57.4 Disable High temperature electric motor 1 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR1 A2 ---
57.5 High temperature electric motor 2 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR2 A2 ---
Drive 2
57.6 High temperature electric motor 3 4.3.0 Din 19 EMOTOR3 A2 ---
57.7 Speed feedback, error to large 4.3.0 Function W2 ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 217/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
58.0 Shredder blocked 4.3.0 Dout 13 SH BLCK2 I2 ---
58.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACCA D2 A2 ---
58.2 Alarm Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACCB D2 A2 ---
Warning
58.3 Interlock Brake failure 5.0.1 Din 19 BRAKE2OP A2 ---
58.4 Disable Reserved
58.5 Drive 2 Reserved
58.6 Reserved
58.7 Reserved

59.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P1 A ---

59.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P1 A ---
Alarm
59.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P1 W ---
Warning
59.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P1 W ---
59.4 Disable Suction line closed 4.3.0 Din 05 SUCTION1 A ---
59.5 Return Filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF75 P1 W ---
Pump 1
59.6 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF100 P1 W ---
59.7 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A ---

60.0 Stroker current output error 4.3.0 Function A ---

60.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC A P1 A ---
Alarm
60.2 Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC B P1 A ---
Warning
60.3 Interlock Charge Filter 75% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF75 P1 W ---
60.4 Disable Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF100 P1 W ---
60.5 Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Function A ---
Pump 1
60.6 Suction line closed 5.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION1 W ---
60.7 Reserved

61.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P2 A ---

61.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P2 A ---
Alarm
61.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P2 W ---
Warning
61.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P2 W ---
61.4 Disable Suction line closed 4.3.0 Din 05 SUCTION2 A ---
61.5 Return Filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF75 P2 W ---
Pump 2
61.6 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF100 P2 W ---
61.7 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A ---

62.0 Stroker current output error 4.3.0 Function A ---

62.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC A P2 A ---
Alarm
62.2 Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC B P2 A ---
Warning
62.3 Interlock Charge Filter 75% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF75 P2 W ---
62.4 Disable Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF100 P2 W ---
62.5 Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Function A ---
Pump 2
62.6 Suction line closed 5.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION2 W ---
62.7 Reserved

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 218/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
63.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P3 A ---
63.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P3 A ---
Alarm
63.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P3 W ---
Warning
63.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P3 W ---
63.4 Disable Suction line closed 4.3.0 Din 05 SUCTION3 A ---
63.5 Return Filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF75 P3 W ---
Pump 3
63.6 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF100 P3 W ---
63.7 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A ---

64.0 Stroker current output error 4.3.0 Function A ---

64.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC A P3 A ---
Alarm
64.2 Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC B P3 A ---
Warning
64.3 Interlock Charge Filter 75% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF75 P3 W ---
64.4 Disable Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF100 P3 W ---
64.5 Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Function A ---
Pump 3
64.6 Suction line closed 5.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION3 W ---
64.7 Reserved

65.0 Low charge pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRA P4 A ---

65.1 Low charge pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 03 C PRB P4 A ---
Alarm
65.2 High work pressure A 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H APR P4 W ---
Warning
65.3 Interlock High work pressure B 4.3.0 Din / Ain 01 H BPR P4 W ---
65.4 Disable Suction line closed 4.3.0 Din 05 SUCTION4 A ---
65.5 Return Filter 75% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF75 P4 W ---
Pump 4
65.6 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Din 06 RF100 P4 W ---
65.7 Return Filter 100% full 4.3.0 Function A ---

66.0 Stroker current output error 4.3.0 Function A ---

66.1 Low accumulator pressure A 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC A P4 A ---
66.2 Alarm Low accumulator pressure B 4.3.0 Din 05 ACC B P4 A ---
66.3 Warning Charge Filter 75% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF75 P4 W ---
Interlock
66.4 Disable Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Din 06 CF100 P4 W ---
66.5 Charge Filter 100% full 5.0.0 Function A ---
66.6 Pump 4 Suction line closed 5.0.0 Din 05 SUCTION4 W ---
66.7 Reserved

67.0 High temperature hydraulic motor 1 4.3.0 Ain 05 HITMPM1 W ---

67.1 Max temperature hydraulic motor 1 4.3.0 Ain 05 MAXTMPM1 A ---
67.2 High temperature hydraulic motor 2 4.3.0 Ain 05 HITMPM2 W ---
67.3 Hydraulic Max temperature hydraulic motor 2 4.3.0 Ain 05 MAXTMPM2 A ---
67.4 Motor High temperature hydraulic motor 3 4.3.0 Ain 05 HITMPM3 W ---
67.5 Max temperature hydraulic motor 3 4.3.0 Ain 05 MAXTMPM3 A ---
67.6 High temperature hydraulic motor 4 4.3.0 Ain 05 HITMPM4 W ---
67.7 Max temperature hydraulic motor 4 4.3.0 Ain 05 MAXTMPM4 A ---

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 219/263
6 Settings and function

Description of digital outputs in bus version 3.

Address Category Short description Software Tag type Tag name Logic 1 Logic 0
68.0 Auxiliary function 1 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 1 A/W/D/I ---
68.1 Auxiliary function 2 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 2 A/W/D/I ---
68.2 Auxiliary function 3 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 3 A/W/D/I ---
68.3 Auxiliary Auxiliary function 4 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 4 A/W/D/I ---
68.4 Function Auxiliary function 5 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 5 A/W/D/I ---
68.5 Auxiliary function 6 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 6 A/W/D/I ---
68.6 Auxiliary function 7 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 7 A/W/D/I ---
68.7 Auxiliary function 8 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 8 A/W/D/I ---

69.0 Auxiliary function 9 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 9 A/W/D/I ---

69.1 Auxiliary function 10 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 10 A/W/D/I ---
69.2 Auxiliary function 11 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 11 A/W/D/I ---
69.3 Auxiliary Auxiliary function 12 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 12 A/W/D/I ---
69.4 Function Auxiliary function 13 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 13 A/W/D/I ---
69.5 Auxiliary function 14 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 14 A/W/D/I ---
69.6 Auxiliary function 15 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 15 A/W/D/I ---
69.7 Auxiliary function 16 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 16 A/W/D/I ---

70.0 Auxiliary function 17 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 17 A/W/D/I ---

70.1 Auxiliary function 17:2 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 17 A/W/D/I ---
70.2 Auxiliary function 18 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 18 A/W/D/I ---
70.3 Auxiliary Auxiliary function 18:2 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 18 A/W/D/I ---
70.4 Function Auxiliary function 19 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 19 A/W/D/I ---
70.5 Auxiliary function 19:2 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 19 A/W/D/I ---
70.6 Auxiliary function 20 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 20 A/W/D/I ---
70.7 Auxiliary function 20:2 4.3.0 Din / Ain 13 AUX 20 A/W/D/I ---

71.0 Reserved
71.1 Reserved
71.2 Reserved
71.3 Reserved
Reserved
71.4 Reserved
71.5 Reserved
71.6 Reserved
71.7 Reserved

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 220/263
6 Settings and function

6.16 Drive monitoring log

The system saves the log on a separate memory card (shared with parameter memory).

The drive monitoring log consists of unit serial number, alarm/warning lists, drive time counters, six scalable log
channels and two scalable 3D-log channels. The alarm/warning lists and drive time counters can be indicated on
drive 1 display. All settings in the drive monitoring log must be adjusted from the unit front panel. The total drive log
information must be downloaded to a PC for examination. This requires null-modem cable 576 3521-003, a PC with
windows XP or later and SpiderCom2 software installed.

The alarm lists are found in the menu under LOG READINGS – DRIVE 1 – ALARM and LOG READINGS – DRIVE
2 – ALARM.
The warning lists are found in the menu under LOG READINGS – DRIVE 1 – WARNING and LOG READINGS –
DRIVE 2 – WARNING.
All four lists are 99 alarms or warnings long. The latest will be at the top and when a new warning or alarm comes to
an already filled list, the oldest will be removed. If an Machine stop indication is followed by a second Machine stop
indication, only the latest will be stored. The alarms and warnings are marked with date and time for the incident.
For setting of actual time see TIME/DATE below.

The drive time counters are found in the menu under LOG READINGS – DRIVE 1 – TIME IN USE and LOG
READINGS – DRIVE 2 – TIME IN USE. The counters are DRIVE (the time with drive started) and PUMPS (the time
with started electric motor for each pump). The counters can be reset , see RESET TIME below.

The settings for the drive monitoring log and clock and the reset of the time counters are made in SETUP – LOG
FUNCTION and are protected by a password. The settings can only be done from the front keypad.

TIME/DATE is the setting of actual date and time. The format is YYMMDD HH:MM and is selected with > button
and changed with  and  buttons. The date/time is used for alarm and warning list time stamps and the clock is
battery backed.

LOG1 to LOG 6 are for setting of the six 2-dimensional scalable drive monitoring log channels.
LOG7 and LOG 8 are for setting of the 4-dimensional scalable drive monitoring log channels. The used analog
inputs must be set before the log channels are configured, see AS6.8.
Each channel consists of one or three measuring area divided in 6 levels. The time the measured reading has been
within each of these levels is stored. The measuring is only active with drive started. Total measuring time is 100
000 hours.
Parallel to the total time log, 4 shorter log registers with the same setting as the total is stored in chronological order.
The log time is adjustable.

The unit serial number, parameter NUM will be indicated in printouts of the parameter list and in parameter file
name.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 221/263
6 Settings and function

Example: 90-100
70-90
50-70

- Log channel 2 30-50

10-30
0-10

- Pressure transducer, 0-400 bar on Ain 4. Log Total time

- 200 hours period measuring time data
Period 5
90-100
70-90
50-70
30-50
[Link] input setting: Time MT 10-30
0-10

AII01=4-20mA for the input signal type. Period 1

When full
AII02,03 for zero and max adjustment of the input (see 90-100

example in AS6.8) Time MT 70-90

50-70
30-50
10-30
0-10

Period 2
AII04=0 to set the pressure at 4mA.
90-100

AII05=400 to set the pressure at 20mA. Time MT 70-90

50-70
30-50
10-30
0-10

AII06=bar for the reading units. Period 3

90-100

Time MT 70-90
50-70
30-50

[Link] setting:
10-30
0-10

Period 4
SETUP – DRIVE LOG – LOG 2:
Erased
STA=ON will activate the log function
MT=200 to set the short time measuring cells (period 1-4) to 200 hours. Period 1 cell will show the
latest up to 200 hours measurement. When this cell is full the contents will be moved to period 2 cell
and period 1 cell will start from zero again. Next time period 1 cell is full the contents of period 2 cell will
be moved to period 3 cell, the contents of period 1 cell will be moved to period 2 cell and period 1 cell
will start from zero again, and so on. When all cells are full the oldest cell contents will be erased
before the next data movement.
LHI=300 to set where level 6 starts
LLO=100 to set where level 1 stops. The area between LLO and LHI will be divided into 4 equal parts.
In this case the levels will be:
300-400bar drivetime
250-300bar drivetime
200-250bar drivetime
150-200bar drivetime
100-150bar drivetime
0-100bar drivetime
REG=REG404 to select log reading of analog in 4.
When finished setting the question RESET LOG? comes. Select with > button and push  to get a Y
(yes) and then > button to reset. The questions comes if a change is done in any of the parameters in
the specific log channel setup and does not affect the other three channels. The log can be set on or
off with STA=OFF or ON without the need to reset the log channel.

RESET TIME for reset of the drive time counters. When the function is selected with > button push  to get
a Y (yes) and then > button to reset.

IMPORTANT:
If a system with a 4.2.x or older version of software is updated to version 4.3.x the drive logs will not be
possible to read.
The drive logs must be downloaded from the unit before the new program version is uploaded.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 222/263
6 Settings and function

6.17 Analog outputs

The spider card has four output channels. Each channel can be selected as 0-10V or 2-10V voltage output or as 0-
20mA or 4-20mA current output. The selection between current and voltage is made by jumpers on the card and by
using different terminals.
The selection between 0-10V and 2-10V or between 0-20mA and 4-20mA is made with parameters in the setup
menu.

The outputs can be zero and maxpoint adjusted.

Example for channel 1, 4-20mA for 0-20rpm speed from digital speed encoder.

1. Set parameter D1E01 to 20.0rpm (the speed that corresponds to 100%).

2. Connect a current meter in series with the output signal.
3. Parameter AOA02 must be ON for 4mA output.
4. Select parameter AOA03. The system gives 0% to the card. Adjust the parameter until closest to 4mA
output.
5. Select parameter AOA04. The system gives 100% to the card. Adjust the parameter until closest to 20mA
output.
6. Repeat 4 and 5 until the best result is achived.

6.18 Language selection

A language selection for the alarm/warning list texts and in some cases indication texts on the main display can be
done in the menu (SETUP – MAIN SETTINGS - LANGUAGE :MAC01).
The selectable languages are:

 English (Default language)

 German
 French
 Spanish
 Portugese
 Italian
 Japanese (Requires the standard LCD display type)
 Dutch
 Finnish
 Swedish
 Short form (abbreviations)
 Chinese (Requires a VFD display type)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 223/263
6 Settings and function

6.19 Brake control

Example for drive 1:
A control circuit for a parking brake can be activated with parameter D1G01.
When Drive start command is given, a digital output with function 13 OPEN BR1 will close to activate the brake
valve. When the brake is open, an indicating signal connected to digital input 19 BRAKE1OP will set the internal
“brake open” circuit (after a time delay, parameter D1G03), which will start the drive.

The time between Drive start command and received indicating signal (19 BRAKE1OP) is monitored and if the time
is longer than the setting in parameter D1G04 an alarm will stop the system.

If the brake open signal (19 BRAKE1OP) is lost for more than 0.5sec during run, an alarm will stop the system.

When Drive stop command is given the “brake open” circuit will be reset, but the brake valve output (13 OPEN BR1)
will still be closed to keep the brake valve activated during down-ramp. When ramp is at zero, the brake valve
output (13 OPEN BR1) will open (“off”) and de-activate the brake valve.
Brake valve output (13 OPEN BR1) “off” can be delayed with parameter D1G02.

(In- & outputs for drive 2 = replace “1” with “2”. Parameters for drive 2 = replace “D1xxx” with “D2xxx”.)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 224/263
6 Settings and function

6.20 Machine stop

The Machine stop has a fixed input between terminal #EI/EM:1 and #EI/EM:2. The circuit consist of two parallel
systems. The main system is a monitoring channel configured as Alarm.

The time delay between opening of the Machine stop input and the shutdown of the electric motors is set with
parameter DMD01-03.

The backup system is a hardware timer on the board with possibility to set the delay between 2 and 32 sec with
SW1 (see AS4.5).

The timer must be set 0 - max 4seconds longer then the main system. A time set more then 4 sec longer will give a
warning. If setting is shorter or 5sec longer the system will shutdown at hardware test.

Setting Time delay

0 2 sec
1 4 sec
2 6 sec
3 8 sec
4 10 sec
5 12 sec
6 14 sec
7 16 sec
8 18 sec
9 20 sec
A 22 sec
B 24 sec
C 26 sec
D 28 sec
E 30 sec
F 32 sec

At each power up and each time all electric motors are stopped, the system will check that the relays for the electric
motor interlock outputs not are stucked in closed position.

The check will toggle the output relays 5 times to remove oxidation from the monitoring contacts to avoid faulty
errors.

The Machine stop alarm is as default with memory and must be reset but can be set to automatic reset with
MAB11:ON.

A configurable digital input set to 09 EMSTOP can be used as Machine stop input. This only uses the main Machine
stop function (software). This must be used if a ramp-down function at alarm MAB10 is configured.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 225/263
6 Settings and function

6.21 Program update

The program version can be updated by using the cable used for SpiderCom (576 3521-003) and the software
program Loader 2_0.exe (Spider flash loader).

Run [Link]. Select the file for download Start the procedure

Reset the Spider board by pushing the reset button or by switching on and off the power to the card to start the
download procedure.

When the download is ready, reset the Spider system and set new parameters.

Using software from version 5.0.x requires larger memory card capacity compared to previous versions. A memory
card with increased capacity was introduced in January 2007 from serial number 3395 (item number R939003962).
Loading software 5.0.x to a unit with memory card before serial number 3395 will give error code “WARNING NON
COMPATIBLE MEM-C” and Spider will start with default parameters.

6.22 Hardware calibration

When the software is updated a hardware calibration is needed. This calibration is needed to compensate for the
offset in the measuring channels for the stroker current feedback. This calibration must be done without stroker coils
connected.

Disconnect contact PO1, PO2, PO3 and PO4.

In the main menu there is a choice for this calibration

HW CALIBRATION

  PWM OFFSET

  CAL. OFFSET NO

  CAL. OFFSET YES

 will start the calibration.

Calibration OK and the calibration settings will be indicated when the procedure is ready. This adjustment will be
stored in an EEProm on the main board.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 226/263
6 Settings and function

6.23 Flushing
A motor flush function can be used in cold environment to keep the Hydraulic motor warm, see block diagram
AS7.10.
Digital out 11ST AUX shall be connected to control the contactor for the aux (flush) pump. In stand-by mode the aux
pump will be temperature controlled.

The following criterias must be fulfilled:

 oil level above min
 oil temperature above min setting
 aux pump suction valve is open (if selected)
 all used main pump suction valves are open

The temperature is measured in the drain return line by a temperature sensor connected to an analog input set as
DR TEMP. The switch-on temperature is set with parameter DME03 (default 5°C) and the working span by the
hysteresis set with parameter DME04 (default 3°C). This means that the aux pump will switch on when the
temperature falls to 5°C and switch off when the temperature reaches 8°C.

When the input 19 AUX ST is activated, the aux pump will run independent of temperature. When we receive the
"Flush motor running" signal on 19 FLUSH ON, the timer DME05 starts to count. After a time delay to allow the
pistons to softly get in touch with the camring (default set to 300sec), the "FLUSH PUMP" signal gets high and the
main pumps can be started.

If the drain temperature is above the temperature level set with parameter DME07 (default set to 20°C) a shorter
start delay time set by parameter DME06 is used (default 10sec).

The main e-motor is not possible to start below shutdown temperature, set with
parameter DME02 (default 2°C). Once the main motor is started the shutdown
temperature interlock is bypassed to avoid stop when the oil temperature gets low by
the rotating hydraulic motor.

The flush heating valve is controlled via digital output 11 FLUSHCON. The output is
activated if the signal from started aux pump is activating digital input with function 19
FLUSH ON and the tank temp is between the settings in parameters TMB14 and
TMB11. Timer TMB16 is to delay valve activation after aux motor start.

Stand-by mode Flush heating Drive start

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 227/263
6 Settings and function

6.24 Hydraulic motor temperature monitoring

Analog temp sensors can be used for monitoring and limitation of hydraulic motor temperature. It is possible to
monitor 4 motors.

The function has 3 limits:

 warning
 stroke down pump
 shutdown

The temperature sensor is connected to an analog input set as HMTEMP1-4.

Example:
Pt100/4-20mA sensor for 0-100°C on hydraulic motor 2 on Drive 1 connected to analog input 5. Warning at 50°C,
stroke down at 55°C and alarm at 60°C.
Connection: current input to AI2:9-10.

 AIJ01 set to 4-20mA.

 Set REG 405 for indication on the display.
 AIJ02 and 03 shall be used to calibrate with a loop generator to show 0°C at 4mA and 100°C at 20mA on
the display.
 AIJ06 set to °C.
 AIJ07 sets the number of decimals.
 AIJ09 set to HMTEMP2 to get the limitation function.
 HMA02 set to 55 for pump stroke-down temperature.
 HMB02 set to Drive 1 to connect motor to right drive.
 AIJ10 set 60 for alarm level
 AIJ11 set 50 for warning level
 AIJ12 set eg.AUX10 to give warning via Aux10 if signal is lost (see AS6.7.2 for setting example).
 AIJ13 set 06 MAXTMPM2 to indicate max temperature for motor 2.
 AIJ14 set 06 HITMPM2 to indicate high temperature for motor 2.
 If a min speed at limitation is required this can be set with parameter D1F03.

6.25 Pulse inputs

The drive can be selected for a pulse encoder input with parameter P0I0x. Drive1 is default for DE1 and Drive 2 for
DE2.

PxI01 parameter value must be the number of digital pulses that the speed encoder produces during one rotation.
PxI06 can be changed if the rotation of the hydraulic motor/encoder is giving a wrong polarity of the reading.
PxI07 determines the type of digital speed encoder used.

1. Quad. This is the standard type with two pulse trains

2. Single pulse with direction. This speed encoder gives a pulse train and in addition a directional signal
ON/OFF.
3. Single pulse without direction. This speed encoder gives one pulse train as an output.

PxI05 can be used for filtering if the reading is unstable. The setting is how long measuring and average time to
have before the value of a reading is presented on the display.
The reading can be scaled with PxIO4 and given an alternative reading with PxIO2.
Threshold values can be set for the speed input. PxI08 sets the high level and PxI09 the low level. The function is
set via AUX function for PxI10 (high) and PxI11 (low).

6.26 Compare registers.

Six compare registers can be used for monitoring of combined signals.
All registers in spider has a data value and a display value.
This manual will describe how to use compare register 1, to configure compare register 2-6 see AS5 for parameters.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 228/263
6 Settings and function

6.26.1 Data value

The data value is used for internal storage, but is used for example when calculating compare registers or for
fieldbus communication.
The data value is a 16bit signed integer with no decimal or unit.
The full range is -32768 to 32767 but most common is to use a range of 0 to 10000 or
-10000 to 10000.

6.26.2 Display value

The display value is the “real” value, including decimal and unit.
The display value of REG701 is calculated from the data value by scaling data value 0 to DMG01 (min display
value) and data value 10000 to DMG02 (max display value).
DMG03(Unit) and DMG04 (decimal point) is also used to create the final display value.

6.26.3 Performing calculations on data values

The data value of REG701 is calculated by the operands;

A: DMF01, B: DMF02, C: DMF03, K: DMF04 and the operator: DMF05.

It is very important to understand that it is the data values, not the display values which are used as input during the
calculations. If for example one 0-60bar and one 0-400bar pressure transmitter are to be compared they both have
a data value range of 0-10000.

The data value of the 60bar transmitter must be multiplied with 60/400 before the data values can be compared.
See example 1. The calculation is done as a 32bit signed integer.

The parameter K should only be used to keep the result in the desired data value range or to scale data values, it
should not be used to scale the display value.

If for example two registers (with data value range 0-10000) is multiplied by the operation A*B/K, K is most often set
to 10000 to keep the result in the same range as the inputs.

The compare registers are calculated in order from 1 to 6. This makes it possible to split a calculation in several
steps. It is possible to first calculate REG701 and then using REG701 when calculating REG702 during the same
process cycle.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 229/263
6 Settings and function

6.26.4 Connecting compare register to functions

The display value can be connected to a spider function by parameter DMF06.
The input will be available to the function the next process cycle.

Overview of compare register function

Data value (most common is a range from 0 to 10000) Display value (actual value)

Input register A Data value

(DMF01) (REG701) Input to
analog
function
Input register B Min value
(DMF06)
(DMF02) (DMG01)
Operator
(DMF05) Display
Input register C Max value value
(DMF99399903) (DMG02) (REG 701)

Indication
Input constant K Unit on spider
(DMF04) (DMG03) display
e.g
Decimals (R1B01)
(DMG04)

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 230/263
6 Settings and function

Example 1:

Display the torque/delta pressure of a CA100.

A-port pressure transmitter:

Analog input 1 ,REG401
Data value: 0-10000.
Display value: 0-400bar.

B-port pressure transmitter:

Analog input 2, REG402.
Data value: 0-10000.
Display value: 0-60bar

Result:
Compare register 1, REG701
Data value: 0-10000.
Display value: 0-40.0kNm (100Nm/bar * 400bar / 1000)
Alternative display value: 0-400bar

Since REG401 and REG402 have different display value ranges we need to scale the data value of REG402 with
60/400 = 1500/10000 before subtracting.

Data value calculation parameters:

DMF01 = REG401 Operand A, A-port pressure
DMF02 = OFF Operand B, Not used
DMF03 = REG402 Operand C, B-port pressure
DMF04 = 1500 Operand K
DMF05 = A-B-C*K/10000 Operation, Scale C, then subtract from A.
DMF06 = OFF Connected function, not used

Display value parameters:

DMG01 = 0 Min display value

DMG02 = 40 Max display value
DMG03 = kNm Unit
DMG04 = 1 One decimal

To show the delta pressure the same data value calculation can be used.
Adjust the display value parameters to:

DMG01 = 0 Min display value

DMG02 = 400 Max display value
DMG03 = bar Unit
DMG04 = 0 No decimals

Note:
The delta pressure will be negative if the load inertia is driving the hydraulic system in forward direction or if the
hydraulic system is driving the load in reverse direction.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 231/263
6 Settings and function

Example 2

Display the power on the drive shaft, CA100

The delta pressure from example 1 is used.

Equation:
P = T*n/9549 where, P = power in kW
T = torque in Nm
n = speed in rpm
Delta pressure:
Compare register 1, REG701
Data value: 0-10000
Display value: 0-400bar

Speed:
Digital speed 1, REG109
Data value: 0-10000
Display value: 0-60rpm

Result:
Compare register 2, REG702
Data value: 0-10000
Display value: 0-251kW (100Nm/bar*400bar*60rpm/9549)

We choose K (DMF10) to 10000 keep the result data value within 0-10000 range.

Data value calculation parameters:

DMF07 = REG701 Operand A, torque/delta pressure

DMF08 = REG109 Operand B, speed
DMF09 = OFF Operand C, OFF
DMF10 = 10000 Operand K
DMF11 = A*B/K Operation
DMF12 = OFF, Connected function, not used

Display value parameters:

DMG05 = 0 Min display value

DMG06 = 251 Max display value
DMG07 = kW Unit
DMG08 = 0 No decimals

Notes:
Both delta pressure and speed can have negative values.
If the load inertia is driving the hydraulic system the power display value will be negative.

If the function EC(1-3) is set by parameter DMF12, the long term shaft power can be limited
to either a fixed or a variable level.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 232/263
6 Settings and function

6.27 Cooler control

The cooling switch-on temperature is set with parameter TMB05. This is the temp when the cooler output will go
high at increasing tank temperature. At decreasing temperature the switch-off is when the on temperature and the
hysteresis TMB06 is passed. Default is 40°C for on and 37°C for off.

Digital output function 11 COOLCOND is directly controlled by the temperature.

Digital output function 11COOLCONI is interlocked so one electric motor must be started to activate the digital
output.

To keep the cooling element in the air/oil cooler clean, a controlled reversal can be done via two separate digital
outputs, see block diagram AS7.4. Digital out functions 11 COOLFWD and 11 COOLREV can be used to control
two separate contactors for a cooler motor.

The forward time between reversals can be set with parameter TMB17. The counter will count forward time and
remember the total drive time. The counter will be reset if the system is powered off.
TMB18 sets the reversal time for the output.
Timer TMB19 sets the stop time between forward and reverse.
If parameter TMB20 is on the reversal will start by system start (main motor is started).

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 233/263
6 Settings and function

6.28 Drive logic

The function Drive logic is used to achieve a customer specific logic relation within the Spider by simply setting up
parameters. This feature allows up to four digital inputs to be combined in a Boolean expression and the result to be
stored for example in a memory cell. By using this tool it is possible to control a function that depends on different
parameters of the system, customer adaptation becomes easier.

Drive logic is available in all variants of the Spider.

See AS 5.2.14 for the parameters of Drive logic.

Input selections

Possible selections for parameters DLx01-04 are memory cells (MEM 01...24) or digital outputs in bus version 3
(see AS 6.15.9). Input from bus list is set by stating the corresponding addresses from the bus list, ranging from
28.0 to 71.7. The bus list is needed to be able to decode what number is corresponding to needed input function.

Logical functions

Three different logical functions for Drive logic can be selected in DLx05. See AS 5.2.14.
AND, OR, XOR.

In addition to this, three more choices are available. These choices will divide the function into two separate parts
but still with the same logical function. This limits each part of the function to receive two inputs.
2xAND, 2xOR, 2xXOR

Output functions

Possible output functions (DLx06-09) are the same as for digital inputs, see AS 5.2.3. Depending on choice of
logical function (DLx05) the result can be one output or two different outputs. For this reason it is possible to select
two different functions for output (DLx06 and DLx08). The output function can also be inverted in DLx07 and DLx09.

Activation of output function

The output functions are activated when the logical block (DLx05) is high. It don´t matter if the function selected as
output is a normally high or low signal.

Example

A system is equipped with four ball valves in the piping between power unit and hydraulic motor. The drive should
not be started until the valves are in a correct safe position.

The Ball valve indicators are connected to the digital input terminals on the Spider. Addresses for the corresponding
digital inputs are selected for the Drive logic input parameters DLx01-04.

Logical function “AND” is chosen in parameter DLx05. If all selected inputs for the logic block is high the output is
high.

Function for Output selection 1 (DLx06) is set to memory cell (MEM x).

A digital output in the Spider can be configured to memory cell MEM x and will indicate when all ball valves are
opened or/and used to interlock drive start if the switches are in the wrong position.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 234/263
6 Settings and function

6.29 Value threshold

The function Value threshold gives the possibility to threshold analog signals processed by the Spider, internal
registers in Spider. On set levels this tool will trigger notifications or activities by for example output functions aux
monitor or memory cell (AUX, MEM). By using compared registers (REG70x) as inputs complicated relations
between different factors of the system can be handled.

Value threshold is available in all functions of the Spider.

See AS 5.2.15 for the parameters of Value threshold.

Input registers

The input parameter VTx01 is selected from the registers of drive log. See AS 5.2.26 for available registers.

Threshold settings

Parameters VTx02 and VTx03 are used to set high and low indication levels for the input. The level is set in the
same unit as the display value of the register. For example REG102 “Speed setpoint” is displayed in percentage. A
high indication level “90” will correspond to 90%.

Output functions

Parameters VTx04 and VTx05 are used to set functions for the high and low levels. Possible functions are the same
as for digital inputs, see AS 5.2.3.

Activation of output function

The output functions are activated when the analog signal passes the set levels. It doesn´t matter if the function,
selected as output, is a normally high or low signal. When register (VTx01) rise above high indication level (VTx02)
the high output function (VTx04) is activated. When register (VTx01) falls under low indication level (VTx03) the low
output function (VTx05) is activated.

Example
Register REG70x is set up as the difference between temperature of drain oil (out) and flush oil (in) of a hydraulic
motor. This is made by using two analog temperature sensors and the Spider function Compare registers (AS 6.26).

Input for Value threshold (VTx01) is set to the above calculated REG70x.

High and low levels VTx02 and VTx03 are set to x and y ˚C.

The functions for high and low indications VTx04 and VTx05 are set to AUX x and AUX y. By using the auxiliary
monitor function (AUX) an alarm, warning or interlock indication can be trigged at the set levels. AUX x is configured
as an alarm to indicate maximum temp difference over the hydraulic motor. AUX y is configured as a warning with
inverted input to indicate high temp difference over the hydraulic motor.

The setup will as a result create:

 One Warning when the delta temperature over the hydraulic motor is above y ˚C.
 One Alarm when the delta temperature over the hydraulic motor is above x ˚C.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 235/263
6 Settings and function

6.30 Local interface unit

The local interface card (LIC) is used in the local interface unit (LIU) for a simple and flexible placement of the front
panel. The card has identical interface for displays and front panels as the main board. It will communicate with the
main board via the CAN interface on CA terminals.
The card has a 4-wire connection (2 signals + 24VDC supply). The maximum cable distance is 100m.
The function requires card revision R3A (can be used with R2D if CAN cable is rewired).

6.30.1 Drive selection

The LIU can be used with a double display door for control/monitoring of 2 drives or with a single display door for
control/monitoring of drive 1 or 2. Switch 1-1 on the LIC card selects if it is a panel for a single or double drive unit
(SW1-1 on) or a Drive 2 unit (SW1-1 off).
The Drive 1 and Drive 2 position can be changed with switch SW3-2 on the main board.
‘

6.30.2 Software update

The program version can be updated by using the cable used for SpiderCom (576 3521-003) and the software
program Loader 2_0.exe (Spider flash loader).

Note: Requires boot version 2.0.

Run [Link]. Select the file for download Start the procedure

Reset the Spider board by pushing the reset button or by switching on and off the power to the card.
This will trigger the download procedure. When the download is ready, reset the Spider system once more.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 236/263
6 Settings and function

6.31 S-link
Spider can be used for collection of connected sensor data in CMp system for condition monitoring. The RS232
serial port is connected to a serial port on a CCM module. Data is stored and sent cyclically via modem or Ethernet
to ODiN database for storage and evaluation.

The function requires software version 5.0.3 or higher.

Setup of CMp functions (spider link up/down, progress, status, signal strength, version…) is available under Spider
link in Spider menu, see Parameter tree in chapter 5.1.

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 237/263
7 Block diagrams

7 Block diagrams
7.1 Digital in/outputs

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 238/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 239/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 240/263
7 Block diagrams

7.2 Analog in/outputs

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 241/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 242/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 243/263
7 Block diagrams

7.3 Pump outputs

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 244/263
7 Block diagrams

7.4 Monitor

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 245/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 246/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 247/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 248/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 249/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 250/263
7 Block diagrams

7.5 Basic function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 251/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 252/263
7 Block diagrams

7.6 Shredder function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 253/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 254/263
7 Block diagrams

7.7 Synchro function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 255/263
7 Block diagrams

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 256/263
7 Block diagrams

7.8 Pressure Function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 257/263
7 Block diagrams

7.9 Machine stop

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 258/263
7 Block diagrams

7.10 Flush control

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 259/263
7 Block diagrams

7.11 Compare registers

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 260/263
7 Block diagrams

7.12 Drive logic

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 261/263
7 Block diagrams

7.13 Threshold function

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 262/263
Declaration of conformity

8 Declaration of conformity

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB

Hägglunds Spider, Control system 263/263
Notes

Notes

RE15330/2.2019, Bosch Rexroth AB